WO2006040579A1 - Bioactive polymers - Google Patents

Bioactive polymers Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006040579A1
WO2006040579A1 PCT/GB2005/003976 GB2005003976W WO2006040579A1 WO 2006040579 A1 WO2006040579 A1 WO 2006040579A1 GB 2005003976 W GB2005003976 W GB 2005003976W WO 2006040579 A1 WO2006040579 A1 WO 2006040579A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
groups
use according
compound
formula
alkylene
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2005/003976
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ijeoma Uchegbu
Andreas G. SCHÄTZLEIN
Christine DUFÈS
Original Assignee
The University Court Of The University Of Glasgow
University Of Strathclyde
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The University Court Of The University Of Glasgow, University Of Strathclyde filed Critical The University Court Of The University Of Glasgow
Priority to EP05794180A priority Critical patent/EP1807096A1/en
Priority to US11/577,339 priority patent/US20080267903A1/en
Publication of WO2006040579A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006040579A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/74Synthetic polymeric materials
    • A61K31/785Polymers containing nitrogen
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents

Definitions

  • This invention relates to bioactive polymer compounds, including oligomer and dendrimer compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compositions and compounds to treat various conditions alleviated by the inhibition, reduction or control of unwanted or undesirable cellular proliferation.
  • Cationic polyamine polymers have ' "previously been used ⁇ n various ways in biomedical research and pharmaceutical products, mainly as excipients in pharmaceutical formulations, but also to assist in delivery of drug molecules, gene delivery vectors, or other biomedical materials.
  • Naturally occurring polyamines (putrescine, spermidine, and spermine) play multifunctional roles in cell growth and differentiation but recently have also been implicated in promoting apoptosis [3] .
  • Analogues of these natural polyamines have been developed as potential anti-cancer agents. These analogues include Nl,Nll-diethylnorspermine [4] .
  • Dendrimer compounds have variously been used for delivery of a bioactive agent. Many of the biomedical and pharmaceutical application of dendrimers focus on PAMAM dendrimers [16-19], gene delivery [20-27] and phosphorous containing [28] compounds with a mixture of amine/ amide or N-P (02) S as the conjugating units respectively.
  • Polypropylenimine dendrimers have also been studied as pH-sensitive controlled release systems for drug delivery [29, 30] and for their encapsulation of guest molecules when chemically modified by peripheral amino acid groups [31] .
  • Previous patent applications describing dendrimers include US 5,714,166, US 5,990,089, US 5,795,581 and WO03/001218.
  • the anionic, carboxyl-terminated, dendrimer was chosen because of its purported lack of toxicity compared to cationic amine-terminated PAMAM dendrimers [59] .
  • Gong et al. report antiviral activities exhibited by a polyanionic lysine dendrimer, SPL-2999, in which the surface (terminal) groups are sodium salts of naphthyl 3, 6-disulfonic acid [60] .
  • PEI Polyethylenimine
  • Polymers have been extensively used as gene delivery agents in vitro and in vivo [40] .
  • Most of the PEI formulations studied to date have been prepared using branched PEI of varying molecular weight (0.6 kD -800 kD) , but a linear PEI of 22 kD has also been examined.
  • Polyplexes from higher MW branched PEIs (70-80OkD) were found to be more efficient in vitro [40-43] but on intravenous administration the smaller and linear PEIs [44, 45] seem in general to be more efficient than branched PEI of 25 kD PEI [46, 47] or 50-750 kD PEI [48, 49] .
  • cholesteryl PEI derivatives have also been shown to transfect cells [50, 51] .
  • Targeted PEI based DNA complexes have been used to delivery genes to tumour xenografts [52], but the authors did not identify any specific antitumour activity provided by the polymer itslf.
  • Brownlie et al. describe a number of modifications of branched PEI but do not report any activity from the polymer itself [53] .
  • cationic polymers have highly selective antiproliferative properties in vivo, which makes them particularly suitable for use as therapeutic agents for the treatment of diseases characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation.
  • a number of these cationic polymers have previously been used to deliver agents such as nucleic acid into target cells, but their potential as therapeutic agents in their own right has, until now, been unrecognised.
  • R is independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkyl and NR 2 R 3 wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted C x - I6 alkyl;
  • R' is independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci- I6 alkyl
  • n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- and is greater than or equal to 15
  • the A groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci- I6 alkylene groups
  • the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II:
  • R" is selected from H, optionally substituted Ci- I6 alkyl and optionally substituted Ci- I6 alkylene-NR 2 R 3 ;
  • m denotes the number of monomer units - [A' -N (B' ) ] - of the branching group and is greater than or equal to 1;
  • the A' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkylene groups; and .
  • the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from H, optionally substituted C 1 ⁇ 6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II; wherein each of said Ci_ 16 alkyl and C 1 - I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or O heterogroups .
  • D is a core group of the dendrimer including a plurality of functional atoms
  • Y is selected independently for each generation of the dendrimer from N or C(R 1 ) wherein each R 1 is independently H or optionally substituted C ⁇ 6 alkyl;
  • X, X 2 and X 3 are independently selected, independently for each generation of the dendrimer, from a single bond, optionally substituted C 1 - I6 alkylene groups, and N(R 2 ), wherein each R 2 is independently H or optionally substituted C ⁇ _ 16 alkyl, and wherein said Ci_i 6 alkyl and C ⁇ 16 alkylene groups are independently optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or 0 heterogroups,- m is an integer from 2 to 8, wherein m denotes the number of X groups of the first generation that are bonded to the core group, wherein each X group of the first generation is bonded to a core functional atom; and
  • Ti and T 2 represent end groups bonded to the nth generation of the dendrimer, wherein Ti and T 2 are independently selected from the substituents defined herein.
  • the compound of formula III, or salt thereof may therefore be used in a composition (such as a pharmaceutical composition) as the sole active agent present.
  • the composition does not contain nucleic acid or other therapeutic agent which is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation (e.g. a cytotoxic agent) in a therapeutically effective amount; for example, the composition may not contain nucleic acid or other therapeutic agent at all.
  • the dendrimer compound of formula III may be present, but need not be complexed with the dendrimer compound of formula III.
  • the compound of formula III or salt thereof is preferably not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule or other therapeutic agent which is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation (e.g. a cytotoxic agent) .
  • a third aspect of the present invention is therefore a composition for delivering a bioactive molecule other than a nucleic acid to a target location in vivo, the composition comprising a compound of formula I or a salt thereof admixed with said bioactive molecule, wherein the composition does not contain nucleic acid: wherein
  • R is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C 1 - I6 alkyl and NR 2 R 3 wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted C ⁇ _ 16 alkyl;
  • R' is independently selected from H and optionally substituted C x - I6 alkyl; n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- and is greater than or equal to 3; the A groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci- I6 alkylene groups; and the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_ is alkyl and a branching group of formula II:
  • R" is selected from H, optionally substituted C 1 - X6 alkyl and optionally substituted C x - I6 alkylene-NR 2 R 3 ; m denotes the number of monomer units -[A'-N(B')]- of the branching group and is greater than or equal to 1; the A' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from optionally substituted C x _ 16 alkylene groups; and the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II; wherein each of said Ci_ 16 alkyl and C 1 - I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or O heterogroups.
  • compositions typically contain small complexes formed between tehe cationic polymer and the bioactive moleGule.
  • the complexes may take the form of small "nanoparticles" .
  • the bioactive molecule is preferably anionic, and preferably carries more than one negative charge per molecule, in order that the cationic groups of the polymer are able to form non-covalent electrostatic interactions with the bioactive molecule.
  • compositions of this aspect of the invention may be particularly therapeutically effective because both the bioactive molecule and the polymer have therapeutic (e.g. antitumour) activity in their own right.
  • therapeutic e.g. antitumour
  • the compositions may provide an additive or even synergisitic antiproliferative effect, in excess of the effect which would be obtained using the bioactive molecule alone.
  • a further aspect of the present invention provides the use of a composition as described in relation to the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound of formula I or III, or a composition according to the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides novel compounds or salts, solvates and chemically protected forms thereof, and methods of synthesis thereof as described herein.
  • Conditions which may be treated by the compounds and compositions described herein include conditions characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, that is to say, conditions characterised by an unwanted or undesirable proliferation of normal or abnormal cells. Such conditions may involve neoplastic or hyperplastic growth of any type of cell, or inflammatory or autoimmune disorders in which proliferation of cells of the immune system gives rise to tissue damage or other symptoms of disease, which may be caused by direct cellular activity or by mediators released by the cells of the immune system.
  • conditions characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocytoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g., lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma) , leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), atherosclerosis and inflammatory disorders.
  • neoplasms and tumours e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocytoma, osteoma
  • cancers
  • the compounds and compositions described herein may be useful in the treatment of chronic autoimmune conditions and/or inflammation (including, for example, rheumatoid arthritis); in the therapeutic and/or preventative treatment of localised lesions; for inhibiting angiogenesis (e.g. in the treatment of solid tumours); and in the treatment of wound healing (e.g. to reduce unwanted scar tissue formation, for example in relation to operations or burn injuries) .
  • the compounds and compositions described herein may be useful for preventing or reducing scar tissue formation during angioplasties (and may therefore be suitable for drug-coating stents for use in such procedures) .
  • the compounds and compositions described herein may also be useful for preventing the formation of unwanted tissue and vascularisation in the eye, e.g. in the cornea.
  • Oxo (keto, -one) :
  • Halo refers to the monovalent moiety -Y, wherein Y is a halogen atom.
  • halo groups include -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • hydroxy as used herein, pertains to the monovalent moiety -OH.
  • Alkyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified) , which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated) .
  • alkyl includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc.
  • the prefixes denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms.
  • the term "Ci_i 6 alkyl,” as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • groups of alkyl groups include Ci_ 4 alkyl ("lower alkyl"), C ⁇ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 12 alkyl and C 1 ⁇ 6 alkyl.
  • the first prefix may vary according to other limitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 2; for cyclic alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 3; etc.
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ) , ethyl (C 2 ) , propyl (C 3 ) , butyl
  • C 4 pentyl (C 5 ), hexyl (C 6 ), heptyl (C 7 ), octyl (C 8 ), nonyl (C 9 ), decyl (Ci 0 ), undecyl (Cn), dodecyl (Ci 2 ), tridecyl (C 13 ), tetradecyl (C 14 ) pentadecyl (Ci 5 ) and hexadecyl (C 16 ) .
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Ci) , ethyl (C 2 ) , n-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (amyl) (C 5 ), n-hexyl (C 6 ), and n- heptyl (C 7 ) .
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C 3 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), iso-pentyl (C 5 ), and neo-pentyl (C 5 ) .
  • Cycloalkyl refers to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified) .
  • saturated cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: cyclopropane (C 3 ) , cyclobutane (C 4 ) , cyclopentane (C 5 ) , cyclohexane (C 6 ) , cycloheptane (C 7 ) , norbornane (C 7 ), norpinane (C 7 ), norcarane (C 7 ) .
  • Alkenyl The term “alkenyl, " as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • groups of alkenyl groups include C 2 - 4 alkenyl, C 2 - 7 alkenyl, C 2 _ 2 o alkenyl.
  • Examples of unsaturated cyclic alkenyl groups which are also referred to herein as “cycloalkenyl” groups, include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentenyl (C 5 ) , and cyclohexenyl (C 6 ) .
  • Heterocyclyl The term “heterocyclyl, " as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
  • the prefixes denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
  • C 3 - 7 heterocyclyl as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms.
  • groups of heterocyclyl groups include C 3 - 7 heterocyclyl, C 5 _ 7 heterocyclyl, and C 5 _ 6 heterocyclyl.
  • non-aromatic monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • Oi oxirane (C 3 ), oxetane (C 4 ), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C 5 ), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C 5 ) , oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C 6 ) , dihydropyran (C 6 ) , pyran (C 6 ) , oxepin (C 7 ) ;
  • Si thiirane (C 3 ), thietane (C 4 ), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (C 5 ), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C 6 ), thiepane (C 7 );
  • N 2 imidazolidine (C 5 ), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C 5 ), ⁇ imidazoline (C 5 ) , pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C 5 ) , piperazine (C 6 ) ;
  • N 1 O 1 tetrahydrooxazole (C 5 ), dihydrooxazole (C 5 ), tetrahydroisoxazole (C 5 ) , dihydroisoxazole (C 5 ) , morpholine (C 6 ) , tetrahydrooxazine (C 6 ) , dihydrooxazine (C 6 ) , oxazine (C 6 ) ;
  • N 1 S 1 thiazoline (C 5 ), thiazolidine (C 5 ), thiomorpholine (C 6 );
  • O 1 S 1 oxathiole (C 5 ) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C 6 ); and,
  • N 1 O 1 S 1 oxathiazine (C 6 ) .
  • substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C 5 ) , such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C 6 ) , such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
  • heterocyclyl groups which are also heteroaryl groups are described below with aryl groups.
  • Aryl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified) .
  • each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, more preferably, from 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefixes denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
  • C 5 _ 6 aryl " as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of aryl groups include C 3 _ 10 aryl, C 5 - 10 aryl, C 5 - 7 aryl, C 5 - 6 aryl, C 5 aryl, and C 6 aryl.
  • the ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups.”
  • carboaryl groups include C 5 _ 10 carboaryl, C 5 - 7 carboaryl, C 5 _ 6 carboaryl, C 5 carboaryl, and C 5 carboaryl .
  • carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e., phenyl) (C 6 ), naphthalene (Ci 0 ), and azulene (Ci 0 ) •
  • aryl groups which comprise fused rings include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g., 2, 3-dihydro-lH-indene) (C 9 ), indene (C 9 ) , isoindene (C 9 ) , and tetraline
  • indane e.g., 2, 3-dihydro-lH-indene
  • indene C 9
  • isoindene C 9
  • the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups.”
  • heteroaryl groups include C 5 -i 0 heteroaryl, C 5 _ 7 heteroaryl, C 5 _ 6 heteroaryl,
  • monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • Ni pyrrole (azole) (C 5 ), pyridine (azine) (C 6 );
  • NiO 1 oxazole (C 5 ), isoxazole (C 5 ), isoxazine (C 6 );
  • N 1 S 1 thiazole (C 5 ), isothiazole (C 5 ); N 2 : imidazole (1, 3-diazole) (C 5 ), pyrazole (1, 2-diazole) (C 5 ), pyridazine (1, 2-diazine) (C 6 ), pyrimidine (1, 3-diazine) (C 6 )
  • cytosine thymine, uracil
  • pyrazine (1, 4-diazine) (C 6 );
  • heterocyclic groups (some of which are also heteroaryl groups) which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to:
  • Heterocyclic groups which have a nitrogen ring atom in the form of an -NH- group may be N-substituted, that is, as -NR-.
  • pyrrole may be N- methyl substituted, to give N-methylpyrrole.
  • N- substitutents include, but are not limited to Ci- ⁇ alkyl, C 3 _ 20 heterocyclyl, C 5 _ 2 oaryl, and acyl groups.
  • quinoline may be substituted to give quinoline N-oxide; pyridine to give pyridine N-oxide; benzofurazan to give benzofurazan N-oxide (also known as benzofuroxan) .
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C ⁇ 16 alkyl group (also referred to as Ci_ 16 alkylamino or di-Ci_i 6 alkylamino) , a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably H or a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C ⁇ 16 alkyl group (also referred to as Ci_ 16 alkylamino or di-Ci_i 6 alkylamino) , a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably H or a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, or, in the case of
  • Amino groups may be primary (-NH 2 ) , secondary (-NHR 1 ) , or tertiary (- NHR 1 R 2 ) , and in cationic form, may be quaternary (- ⁇ NR 1 R 2 R 3 ) .
  • amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHC(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 J 2 , -N (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , and -NHPh.
  • Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
  • Alkylene refers to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, either both from the same carbon atom, or one from each of two different carbon atoms, of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified) , which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated.
  • alkylene includes the sub-classes alkenylene, alkynylene, cycloalkylene, etc.
  • the prefixes denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms.
  • the term "C 1 - I5 alkylene, " as used herein, pertains to an alkylene group having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of groups of alkylene groups include Ci_ 4 alkylene ("lower alkylene”), C ⁇ 6 alkylene, and C 1 - I2 alkylene.
  • linear saturated C 1 - X6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -(CH 2 J n - where n is an integer from 1 to 12, for example, -CH 2 - (methylene), -CH 2 CH 2 - (ethylene), -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (propylene), -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (butylene) , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (hexylene), -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (dodecylene) and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (hexadecylene) .
  • Ci_ 6 alkylene groups examples include, but are not limited to, -CH(CH 3 )-, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 -.
  • alicyclic saturated C ⁇ 6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentylene (e.g., cyclopent-1, 3-ylene) , and cyclohexylene (e.g., cyclohex-1, 4-ylene) .
  • Examples of alicyclic partially unsaturated C 1 . 6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenylene (e.g., 4- cyclopenten-1, 3-ylene) , cyclohexenylene (e.g., 2-cyclohexen-l, 4- ylene; 3-cyclohexen-l, 2-ylene; 2, 5-cyclohexadien-l, 4-ylene) .
  • cyclopentenylene e.g., 4- cyclopenten-1, 3-ylene
  • cyclohexenylene e.g., 2-cyclohexen-l, 4- ylene; 3-cyclohexen-l, 2-ylene; 2, 5-cyclohexadien-l, 4-ylene
  • Arylene refers to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, one from each of two different aromatic ring atoms of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified) .
  • each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, more preferably from 5 to 6 atoms.
  • the prefixes denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
  • C 5 _ 6 arylene, " as used herein, pertains to an arylene group having 5 or 6 ring atoms .
  • groups of arylene groups include C 5 _i O arylene, C 5 _-,arylene, C 5 - 5 arylene, C 5 arylene, and C 6 arylene.
  • the ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboarylene groups” (e.g., C 5 _ 10 carboarylene) .
  • C 5 -ioarylene groups which do not have ring heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, those derived from the compounds discussed above in regard to carboaryl groups.
  • the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroarylene groups" (e.g., C 5 - I0 heteroarylene) .
  • C 5 _i 0 heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from the compounds discussed above in regard to heteroaryl groups .
  • Arylene-alkylene The term "arylene-alkylene, " as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety comprising an arylene moiety, -Arylene-, linked to an alkylene moiety, -Alkylene-, that is, -Arylene-Alkylene-.
  • arylene-alkylene groups include, e.g., C 5 . 10 arylene-Ci- 16 alkylene, such as, for example, phenylene- methylene, phenylene-ethylene, phenylene-propylene, and phenylene-ethenylene (also known as phenylene-vinylene) .
  • Alkylene-arylene refers to a bidentate moiety comprising an alkylene moiety, -Alkylene-, linked to an arylene moiety, -Arylene-, that is, -Alkylene-Arylene-.
  • alkylene-arylene groups include, e.g., Ci-i 6 alkylene-C 5 -i 0 arylene, such as, for example, methylene- phenylene, ethylene-phenylene, propylene-phenylene, and ethenylene-phenylene (also known as vinylene-phenylene) .
  • Alkylene and alkyl groups may be "optionally interrupted" by one or more N(R) heterogroups or 0 heteroatoms .
  • phrases "optionally interrupted”, as used herein, pertains to an alkyl or alkylene group, as above, which may be uninterrupted or which may be interrupted by a multivalent heteroatom such as boron, silicon, nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, sulfur, and selenium (more commonly nitrogen and oxygen) .
  • a C 1 - I5 alkyl group such as n-butyl may be interrupted by an N(R) heterogroup as follows: -N(R)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 N(R)CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 N(R)CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(R)CH 3 .
  • a C 1 - X5 alkylene group such as n-butylene may be interrupted by an N(R) heterogroup as follows: -N(R)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 N(R)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH 2 N(R)CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(R)CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(R)-.
  • R is H or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • hetero refers to compounds and/or groups which have at least one heteroatom, for example, multivalent heteroatoms (which are also suitable as ring heteroatoms) such as boron, silicon, nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, sulfur, and selenium (more commonly nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur) and monovalent heteroatoms, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • multivalent heteroatoms which are also suitable as ring heteroatoms
  • oxygen, sulfur and selenium (more commonly nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur)
  • monovalent heteroatoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • Halo -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • R is an ether substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group (also referred to as a Ci_ 7 alkoxy group, discussed below) , a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group (also referred to as a C 5 _ 7 aryloxy group), preferably a C ⁇ - 7 alkyl group.
  • a Ci_ 7 alkyl group also referred to as a Ci_ 7 alkoxy group, discussed below
  • C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group also referred to as a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyloxy group
  • C 5 _ 7 aryl group also referred to as a C 5 _ 7 aryloxy group
  • Ci_ 7 alkoxy -OR, wherein. R is a C ⁇ - ⁇ alkyl group.
  • Examples of Ci_ 7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OMe (methoxy) , -OEt (ethoxy) , -O(nPr) (n-propoxy) , -O(iPr) (isopropoxy) , -O(nBu) (n-butoxy) , -O(sBu) (sec-butoxy) , -O(iBu) (isobutoxy) , and -O(tBu) (tert-butoxy) .
  • Imino (imine) : NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen, Ci- 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1- .- ? alkyl group.
  • R is an acyl substituent, for example, a Ci- 7 alkyl group (also referred to as Ci_ 7 alkylacyl or Ci_ 7 alkanoyl) , a C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C 3 _ 7 heterocyclylacyl) , or a C 5 - 7 aryl group (also referred to as C 5 _ 7 arylacyl) , preferably a Ci- 7 alkyl group.
  • a Ci- 7 alkyl group also referred to as Ci_ 7 alkylacyl or Ci_ 7 alkanoyl
  • C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl group also referred to as C 3 _ 7 heterocyclylacyl
  • C 5 - 7 aryl group also referred to as C 5 _ 7 arylacyl
  • Thiolocarboxy thiolocarboxylic acid
  • Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl) : -C( O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a CV 7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a C 1 -- ? alkyl group.
  • R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C S - 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • Oxycarboyloxy: -OC( O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C 1 ⁇ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide) : -C( 0)NR 1 R 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C ⁇ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a Ci_ 7 alkyl group
  • R 2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3
  • R 1 and R 2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
  • R 1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C ⁇ _ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH 2 , -NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe 2 , -NHCONEt 2 , -NMeCONH 2 , -NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe 2 , and -NMeCONEt 2 .
  • Tetrazolyl a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom
  • Ci_ 7 alkyl group also referred to as a Ci_ 7 alkylthio group
  • C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl group or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • Ci_ 7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH 3 and -SCH 2 CH 3 .
  • Disulfide -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as Ci_ 7 alkyl disulfide) .
  • R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as Ci_ 7 alkyl disulfide) .
  • Ci_ 7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH 3 and -SSCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C 1 - ? alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a C 1 ⁇ alkyl group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated C 1 .- ? alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a C X - 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a Ci- 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a C 1 -.7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a C x _ 7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 7 arvl group, preferably a C 1 - V alkyl group.
  • Phosphino (phosphine) : -PR 2 , wherein R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 -i 0 aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, or a C 5 _ 10 aryl group.
  • phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH 2 , -P(CH 3 J 2 , -P(CH 2 CH 3 J 2 , -P(t-Bu) 2 , and -P(Ph) 2 .
  • R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5- .i 0 aryl group, preferably a Ci_ 7 alkyl group or a C 5 -i 0 aryl group.
  • Phosphorous acid -OP(OH) 2 .
  • Phosphite -OP(OR) 2 , where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 10 aryl group, preferably -H, a C ⁇ _ 7 alkyl group, or a C 5 -. 10 aryl group.
  • R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a Ci_ 7 alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _ 10 aryl group, preferably -H, a C ⁇ _ 7 alkyl group, or a C 5 -. 10 aryl group.
  • Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH 3 J 2 , -OP (OCH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -OP (O-t-Bu) 2 , and -OP(OP
  • Phosphoramidite -OP (OR 1 ) -NR 2 2 , where R 1 and R 2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C ⁇ alkyl group, a C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5 _i 0 aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci- 7 alkyl group, or a C 5 - 10 aryl group.
  • Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to,
  • (-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO " ) , a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms such as esters.
  • a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N + HR 1 R 2 ) , a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group.
  • a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-0 " ) , a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms of a hydroxyl group.
  • the polymeric compounds of formulae I, III and IV described herein generally contain nitrogen atoms at various positions therein, including within terminal amino groups, e.g. R-NH 2 ; and within internal groups such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within the polymer structure, e.g. R-N(H)-R'; and at the intersection of a polymer branch, e.g. R-N (-R') -R", wherein R, R' and R" may be alkylene groups as defined herein, for example.
  • reference to such a nitrogen atom, or to an amine or amino group containing such a nitrogen atom includes the cationic derivative thereof.
  • This includes derivatisation by protonation, e.g. by conversion of -NH 2 , -NH-, or -N ⁇ to -N + H 3 , -N + H 2 - or -N + H ⁇ respectively; and by alkylation, e.g. by conversion of -NH 2 , -NH-, or -N ⁇ to -N + RH 2 , - N + RH-, >N + R- respectively, wherein R is an alkyl group as defined herein: preferably R is a methyl group.
  • reference to such a nitrogen atom or amino or amine group includes the quaternary cationic derivative thereof.
  • the compounds defined herein for use in the present invention include quaternary cationic derivatives thereof, which may include groups such as the termainal group -N + R 1 R 2 R 3 , and the internal groups -N + R 1 R 2 - (bidentate) , and >N + R 1 - (tridentate) , wherein R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably alkyl groups as defined herein.
  • Various methods for synthesising quaternary cationic derivatives of, nitrogen containing groups such as amine and amino groups are known to the skilled person, as described below and in WO 03/033027.
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forit ⁇ s; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L- forms; d ⁇ and 1-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal- forms; ⁇ - and ⁇ -forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers” (or "isomeric forms") .
  • isomers are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space) .
  • a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl) .
  • C ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl
  • butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl
  • methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl
  • keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, _ r nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • keto enol enolate as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, _ r nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D) , and 3 H (T) ; C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; 0 may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof.
  • Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of thereof, for example, as discussed below.
  • a corresponding salt of the active compound for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts," J. Pharm. Sci., Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al +3 .
  • Suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NHR 3 + , NR 4 + ) .
  • Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N (CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono- hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • chemically protected form is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like) .
  • specified conditions e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like.
  • well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions.
  • one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group) .
  • the aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRCO-R) or a urethane (-NRCO-OR) , for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH 3 ); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , -NH- Cbz) ; as a t-butoxy amide (-NHC0-0C (CH 3 ) 3 , -NH-Boc) ; a 2-biphenyl- 2-propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC (CH 3 ) 2 C 6 H 4 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Bpoc) , as a 9- fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc) , as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc) , as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2, 2, 2-trichloroeth
  • a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C ⁇ _ 7 alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t- butyl ester); a Ci_ 7 haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C ⁇ trihaloalkyl ester) ; a triCi- 7 alkylsilyl-Ci- 7 alkyl ester; or a C 5 _ 7 aryl-C ⁇ - 7 alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • an C ⁇ _ 7 alkyl ester e.g., a methyl ester; a t- butyl ester
  • a Ci_ 7 haloalkyl ester e.g., a C ⁇ trihaloalkyl ester
  • treatment as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis) is also included.
  • terapéuticaally-effective amount refers to that amount of an active compound, or a material, composition or dosage from comprising an active compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen. Suitable dose ranges will typically be in the range of from 0.01 to 20 mg/kg/day, preferably from 0.1 to 10 mg/kg/day.
  • compositions and their administration are provided.
  • compositions may be formulated for any suitable route and means of administration.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents include those used in formulations suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral
  • formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • conventional non-toxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like may be used.
  • the active compound as defined above may be formulated as suppositories using, for example, polyalkylene glycols, acetylated triglycerides and the like, as the carrier.
  • Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc, an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier, such as, for example, water, saline aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension.
  • a carrier such as, for example, water, saline aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like
  • the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • wetting or emulsifying agents such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbit
  • composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a quantity of the active compound(s) in an amount effective to alleviate the symptoms of the subject being treated.
  • Dosage forms or compositions containing active ingredient in the range of 0.25 to 95% with the balance made up from non-toxic carrier may be prepared.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic composition is formed by the incorporation of any of the normally employed excipients, such as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, sodium crosscarmellose, j starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, glucose, sucrose, magnesium, carbonate, and the like.
  • excipients such as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, sodium crosscarmellose, j starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, glucose, sucrose, magnesium, carbonate, and the like.
  • Such compositions take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations and the like.
  • Such compositions may contain l%-95% active ingredient, more preferably 2-50%, most preferably 5-8%.
  • Parenteral administration is generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously.
  • Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, etc.
  • the percentage of active compound contained in such parental compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject. However, percentages of active ingredient of 0.1% to 10% in solution are employable, and will be higher if the composition is a solid which will be subsequently diluted to the above percentages.
  • the composition will comprise 0.2-2% of the active agent in solution.
  • the compound of formula I of the first and third aspects of the invention may be a polyethylenimine compound.
  • Polyethylenimine is an aliphatic polyamine characterized by the repeating chemical unit denoted as -(CH 2 -CH 2 -NH)-.
  • PEI may be branched or linear.
  • the PEI used in the present invention is linear PEI.
  • the use of branched PEI is also envisaged.
  • the amine groups of PEI exist in primary, secondary and tertiary form. In its branched form, primary, secondary and tertiary amine groups exist in the approximate ratio of 1:2:1 with a branching site every 3-3.5 nitrogen atoms along any given chain segment.
  • the primary amine groups are chain-terminating units, and are the most basic and chemically reactive.
  • Branched PEI is commercially available.
  • branched PEI having a molecular weight of 25 kDa is available from Aldrich, and is described in Cancer
  • PEI with fewer branching sites is also known, and linear PEI is described in J. Controlled Release 91 (2003) 201-208, and in Cancer Gene Therapy (2002) 9, 673-680.
  • Linear PEI having a molecular weight of 22 kD is commercially available from Helena Biosciences, UK, and St. Leon-Rot, Germany.
  • PEI has a wide molecular weight range, for example, PEI molecular weights ranging from 300 daltons to 800 kD are known. Additionally, PEI is a cationic polymer, characterized by a high charge density at neutral pH (pH 7) . For example, the cationic charge density of PEI may be in excess of 20 meq/g. Thus, PEI is positively charged at physiological pH (generally considered to be 7.4) .
  • PEIs are produced commercially as viscous liquids, both in the anhydrous and aqueous solution form. The viscosity of PEI is directly proportional to its concentration and molecular weight. PEIs are infinitely soluble in most polar materials including water, alcohols, glycols and certain organic solvents. Anhydrous PEIs will generate considerable heat upon aqueous dissolution due to an exothermic heat of dilution.
  • PEI The most prominent feature of PEI is its extremely high cationic charge density.
  • the repeating monomer unit contains one protonatable nitrogen atom for every unit weight of 42.
  • PEI has the highest cationic charge density (20-25 milliequivalents per gram) of any known organic polymer. Since
  • PEI does not normally contain an appreciable amount of quaternary groups, it achieves its cationicity through protonation of the amine groups from the surrounding medium. This leads to a correlation between pH and cationic charge density.
  • adhesive strength is not often affected in non-protonated environments because hydrogen bonding and Van der Waal's forces also participate in the bonding mechanism.
  • PEI may be derivatised to contain cationic quaternary ammonium groups.
  • the terminal amino groups of PEI may be converted to a quaternary form in which three alkyl groups as defined herein are covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group.
  • substantially only the terminal (primary) amino groups are converted to the quaternary form.
  • conversion of amino groups other than the terminal amino groups, i.e. internal (secondary and tertiary) amino groups, to the corresponding quaternary forms is also envisaged.
  • the compounds of formula III of the second aspect of the invention are dendrimer compounds.
  • Dendrimer synthesis is a field of polymer chemistry defined by regular, highly branched monomers leading to a monodisperse, tree-like or generational structure.
  • each dendrimer used in the present invention consists of a multifunctional core molecule with a dendritic wedge attached to each functional site of the core.
  • the functional sites of the core may be amino groups, for example.
  • each of the dendritic wedges is covalently bonded to a core functional atom of the functional site of the core. If the core functional sites are amino groups, then the core functional atoms are the nitrogen atoms of the amino groups, and each dendritic wedge is bonded to a nitrogen atom of the core.
  • the core functional sites are phosphine groups, phosphate groups or other phosphorus-containing functional groups (e.g. derived from one of the phosphorus-containing substituents defined above)
  • the core functional atoms could be the phosphorus atoms of the phosphorus-containing groups, and each dendritic wedge , would be bonded to a phosphorus atom of the core.
  • cores containing other types of functional atoms may also be used in the dendrimers employed in the present invention, such as cores with C, S or 0 functional atoms, or wherein the functional atoms are other heteroatoms .
  • the core molecule is referred to as "generation 0." Each successive repeat unit along all branches forms the next generation, "generation 1," “generation 2,” and so on until the nth terminating generation.
  • dendrimer synthesis There are two defined methods of dendrimer synthesis, divergent and convergent.
  • divergent method the molecule is assembled from the core to the periphery; while in the convergent method, the dendrimer is synthesized beginning from the outside and terminating the core.
  • the synthesis requires a stepwise process, attaching one generation to the last, purifying, and attaching the next generation.
  • DAB Diaminobutane
  • PPI polypropylenimine
  • the compounds of formula III of the second aspect of the invention may be polypropylenimine (PPI) dendrimer compounds based on the polypropylenimine repeat unit - (CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -N) ⁇ , wherein the N atoms of the repeat units of a given generation are covalently bonded to two repeat units of the next generation, as follows:
  • PPI dendrimers are based on a 1,4- diaminobutane core, and are thus referred to as "DAB" dendrimers. Such PPI DAB dendrimers are described in the published PCT application WO 03/033027, and in Pharmaceutical Research (2004).- VoI. 21, No. 3, 458-466. Such dendrimers are commercially available from Aldrich ( Poole , UK) : see http : / /www . s igmaaldrich . com/img/as sets / 12141 /Dendrimers_macro32_l
  • DAB 4 is a generation 1 dendrimer with four -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 units covalently bonded to the two nitrogen atoms of the 1, 4-diaminobutane core, as follows:
  • DAB 8 is a generation 2 dendrimer with eight
  • DAB 16 is a generation 3 dendrimer with sixteen -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 units covalently bonded to the eight terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 8, as follows:
  • DAB 32 is a generation 4 dendrimer with 32 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 units covalently bonded to the sixteen terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 16
  • DAB 64 is a generation 5 dendrimer with 64 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 units covalently bonded to the 32 terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 32.
  • Polypropylenimine (PPI) dendrimers contain protonatable nitrogens in the form of amine groups (both surface primary amino groups and internal amine groups) .
  • the PPI dendrimers used in the present invention such as the "DAB" dendrimers described above, are cationic, and have an overall cationic (positive) charge at neutral pH (pH 7) .
  • the PPI dendrimers used in the present invention are positively charged at physiological pHs of around 7 (e.g. 7.4) .
  • These dendrimers do not normally contain an appreciable amount of quaternary groups. Thus, they achieve their cationicity through protonation of the amine groups from the surrounding medium. This leads to a correlation between pH and cationic charge density.
  • PPI dendrimers such as the commercially available DAB dendrimers DAB4, DAB8, DAB16, DAB32 and DAB64 may be quaternised (as described below, under "synthesis of quaternised DABs") .
  • PPI dendrimers may be derivatised to contain cationic quaternary ammonium groups .
  • the terminal amino groups (e.g. -NRR', where R and R' are independently H or alkyl as defined herein) of the PPI dendrimers are converted to a quaternary form in which three alkyl groups as defined herein are covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group.
  • these alkyl groups are methyl groups.
  • substantially only the terminal amino groups are converted to the quaternary form.
  • conversion of non-terminal (internal) amino groups to the corresponding quaternary form is envisaged.
  • DAB dendrimers such as DAB4, DAB8, DAB16, DAB32 and DAB64 may be quaternarised such that the terminal amino groups are converted to the quaternary form.
  • DAB4 DAB8
  • DAB16 DAB32 and DAB64
  • QDAB16 QDAB16, which is described in WO 03/033027 and has the following structure:
  • QDAB4, QDAB8, QDAB16, QDAB32 and QDAB64 have analogous structures. It is particularly preferred that DAB8 is used in the present invention in the quaternary form, thus QDAB8 is more preferable than DAB8. This is because quaternised DAB8 has a lower in vivo toxicity than non-quaternised DAB8.
  • PAMAM Polyamidoamine
  • PAMAM dendrimers are commercially available (e.g. from Sigma- Aldrich) , and core structures of these dendrimers include ethylenediamine, 1, 4-diaminobutane, 1, 6-diaminohexane, 1,12- diaminododecane.
  • core structures of these dendrimers include ethylenediamine, 1, 4-diaminobutane, 1, 6-diaminohexane, 1,12- diaminododecane.
  • a generation 0 PAMAM dendrimer with a core structure based on ethylene diamine is shown below:
  • a generation 2 PAMAM dendrimer with a core structure based on ethylenediamine is shown below, in which sixteen amidoamine units are bonded to the eight terminal nitrogen atoms of the generation 1 dendrimer described above:
  • PAMAM dendrimers having generation numbers in the range 0 to 10 are commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich.
  • PAMAM dendrimers may be based on a variety of different core molecules. These include diaminoalkane molecules such as ethylenediamine and 1, 4-diaminobutane which both yield dendrimers with 4-fold core geometry. However, core molecules can also be (or be derived from) ammonia or tris (2-aminoethyl) amine (TAEA), which yield dendrimers with a 3-fold core geometry.
  • TAEA (2-aminoethyl) amine
  • the PAMAM dendrimers used in the present invention are cationic, and have an overall cationic (positive) charge at neutral pH (pH 7) .
  • the PAMAM dendrimers used in the present invention are positively charged at physiological pH (e.g. 7.4) .
  • physiological pH e.g. 7.4
  • These dendrimers do not normally contain an appreciable amount of quaternary groups. Thus, they achieve their cationicity through protonation of the amine groups from the surrounding medium. This leads to a correlation between pH and cationic charge density.
  • the terminal amino groups of the PAMAM dendrimers may be converted to a quaternary form in which three alkyl groups as defined herein are covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of each terminal amino group.
  • these alkyl groups are methyl groups.
  • substantially only the terminal amino groups are convered to the quaternary form.
  • conversion of non-terminal (internal) amino groups to the corresponding quaternary forms is envisaged.
  • PAMAM dendrimers may be derivatised with surface groups such as optionally substituted C 1 - I6 alkyl groups as defined herein, which are optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or heterogroups, including other forms such as salts or derivatives thereof.
  • surface groups such as optionally substituted C 1 - I6 alkyl groups as defined herein, which are optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or heterogroups, including other forms such as salts or derivatives thereof.
  • examples of such groups include amidoethylethanolamine, hexylamide, succinamic acid, Tris (hydroxymethyl) amidomethane, amidoethanol, amino and carboxylate (e.g. sodium carboxylate) groups.
  • PAMAM dendrimers with these exemplified surface groups are available from Sigma-Aldrich.
  • a further example of a PAMAM dendrimer compound for use in the present invention is SuperFect, which is an activated, spherical PAMAM dendrimer that possesses radiating branches with charged terminal amino groups, and is commercially available from Quiagen. See: http: //wwwl.qiagen.com/Products/Transfection/TransfectionReagents /SuperFectTransfectionReagent.aspx
  • Reference to the dendrimer compounds of formula III, for use in the second aspect of the invention includes activated or fractured (e.g. heat fractured) derivatives thereof, including activated SuperFect or fractured SuperFect, which is commercially available from Quiagen.
  • Dendrimers for use in the present invention can be modified by covalently binding derivatising groups, such as hydrophobic or hydrophilic groups, or a combination of hydrophobic and hydrophilic substitutions to make the dendrimers amphiphilic.
  • groups may be attached to the surface of a dendrimer.
  • two dendrimer molecules may be attached to either end of a hydrocarbon chain with a carbon length of 8, 12, 14, 16 or 18 carbon atoms to give bolamphiphilic dendrimers.
  • the number of derivatising groups may vary from one derivatising group per dendrimer molecule up to and including derivatising all available surface or terminal groups on the dendrimer molecule, for example, derivatising all 8 surface groups of the DAB8 molecule or all 16 surface groups of the DAB16 molecule.
  • An example of a preferred derivatising group is hyaluronic acid.
  • Derivatising dendrimer molecules is described in WO 03/033027.
  • Dendrimer compounds of formula III can be prepared in a stepwise fashion from simple monomer units, the nature and functionality of which can be easily controlled and varied. Dendrimers are synthesised by the repeated addition of building blocks to a multifunctional core (divergent approach to synthesis) or towards a multifunctional core (convergent approach to synthesis), and each addition of a 3-dimensional shell of building blocks leads to the formation of a higher generation of the dendrimers. See Bosman, A.W. et al. (1999) "About dendrimers: structure, physical properties, and applications” Chem. Rev. 99, 1665-1688.
  • Polypropylenimine dendrimers may start from a diaminoalkane core (e.g. 1, 4-diaminobutane) to which is added twice the number of amino groups by a Michael addition of acrylonitrile to the primary amines followed by the hydrogenation of the nitriles. This results in a doubling of the amino groups.
  • a diaminoalkane core e.g. 1, 4-diaminobutane
  • PAMAM dendrimers The synthesis of PAMAM dendrimers involves the stepwise, exhaustive addition of two monomers, methacrylate and ethylenediamine. Two methacrylate monomers add to each bifunctional ethylenediamine, leading to increasingly branched structures with each cycle or generation.
  • Scheme 1 below shows the stepwise addition of methacrylate and ethylenediamine to ammonia, tris- (2-aminoethyl) amine and ethylenediamine cores (each of which are examples of core molecules) to synthesis PAMAM dendrimers having three- and four-fold core geometries.
  • the synthesis of dendrimers according to this principle is described in Bioconjugate Chem. (1996) 7, 703-714 and by Tomalia, D.A. et al.
  • PEIs polyethylenimine polymers
  • PPI and PAMAM dendrimers including SuperFect
  • PEIs are commercially available or can be derived from such compounds.
  • PEIs are produced commercially as viscous liquids, both in the anhydrous and aqueous solution form.
  • the C 1 - X6 alkyl and Ci- I6 alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
  • neither X nor X 2 nor X 3 of a given generation of the dendrimer is N(R 2 ) when Y of that generation is N.
  • N(R 2 ) is as defined above in the second aspect of the invention.
  • X of that generation is selected from N(R 2 ) and optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) groups.
  • X 2 and X 3 of that generation are independently selected from N(R 2 ) and optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) groups.
  • the generation number, n, of the dendrimer is in the range 1 to 10. More preferably, the generation number, n, is in the range 1 to 6.
  • Y is N in one or more of the generations of the dendrimer.
  • n is 4, is is preferred that Y is N in at least one of the generations of the dendrimer. It is more preferred that Y is N in at least 2 of the generations of the dendrimer. It is even more preferred that Y is N in at least three of the generations of the dendrimer. It is most preferred that Y is N in all four of the generations of the dendrimer. This preference applies to other values of n: it is least preferred that Y is N in none of the generations, it is more preferred that Y is N in at least one of the generations, and so ⁇ on, until it is most preferred that Y is N in all of the generations .
  • Y is N in at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer: it is preferred that in most of the generations, the dendrimer branches at nitrogen atoms rather than carbon atoms.
  • X is selected independently for each of said generations of the dendrimer from N(R 2 ) and optionally substituted Ci- I6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) groups.
  • X 2 and X 3 are independently selected, independently for each of said generations of the dendrimer, from N(R 2 ) and optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) groups.
  • most of the generations contain a nitrogen atom, even though Y may not be N in any / some / all of the generations.
  • Y is N
  • X 2 and X 3 are single bonds
  • X is selected from optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkylene groups independently for each of said at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer, wherein said C 1 - X6 alkylene groups are independently optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or O heterogroups .
  • Ti and T 2 are independently selected from H, hydroxy, carboxy, halo and optionally substituted amino, amido, alkoxy, acyl, ester, Ci- I6 alkyl, C 3 _ 7 heterocyclyl, C 5 - I0 aryl, C 5 - I0 heteroaryl ( C x - I6 alkylene-NR 3 R 4 , C 5 -io arylene-NR 3 R 4 , Ci- 16 alkylene- C 5 _io arylene-NR 3 R 4 , and C 5 - I0 arylene-Ci- i6 alkylene-NR 3 R 4 , wherein R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkyl and C 5 _ 10 aryl, wherein said Ci- I6 alkyl and Ci- 16 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or 0 heterogroups .
  • Ti and T 2 are independently selected from H, C 1 - I6 alkyl and C 1 - I6 alkylene-NR 3 R 4 , wherein R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci_i 6 alkyl, wherein said Ci-i ⁇ alkyl and Ci_i 6 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or O heterogroups .
  • Y of the nth generation is N, and X 2 and X 3 of the nth generation are single bonds, so that the dendrimer has terminal groups NT 1 T 2 .
  • the "nth generation” means the final generation of the dendrimer, to which the end groups T 1 and T 2 are bonded.
  • the dendrimer has an overall cationic charge (i.e. it is positively charged overall) at physiological pH (e.g. pH 7.4) .
  • this overall cationic charge arises as a result of the dendrimer containing nitrogen atoms at various positions therein, including within terminal amino groups, e.g. L-NH 2 or L-NR' 2 and/or within internal groups (denoted "internal nitrogen- containing groups") such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within a linear part of the polymer structure, e.g. L-N(H)-L' or L-N(R' ) -I/ ; or at the intersection of a polymer branch, e.g. L-N (-L') -L", wherein L, L' and L" may be alkylene groups as defined herein, and R' may be an alkyl group as defined herein, for example.
  • terminal amino groups e.g. L-NH 2 or L-NR' 2
  • internal groups denoted "internal nitrogen- containing groups”
  • internal nitrogen- containing groups such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within a linear
  • terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups preferably have pKa' s which cause them to be protonated, and therefore cationic, at physiological pH.
  • terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups of the dendrimer have pKa' s above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12.
  • pKa values of terminal amino groups would generally be expected to be within this preferred pKa range, and hence protonated and cationic at physiological pH. This is exemplified by the following pKa values (all in the range 9-11), which correspond to the pKa' s of the Ot-NH 3 + groups of the following amino acids (see Stryer, L.; "Biochemistry”; Third Edition; W.H.
  • the terminal groups or "surface groups" of the dendrimer are predominantly cationic at physiological pH.
  • these groups have pKa' s above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12.
  • these terminal groups include amino groups, which are cationic at physiological pH.
  • the terminal groups of the dendrimer are not carboxyl groups, or do not comprise carboxyl groups, because carboxyl groups are generally anionic at physiological pH.
  • the terminal groups of the dendrimer do not comprise sulphonic acid groups, or naphthyl 3, 6-disulphonic acid groups, or salts thereof.
  • dendrimer compounds having carboxyl, sulphonic acid, or naphthyl 3, 6-disulphonic acid substituents are envisaged, it is preferable that the dendrimer retains a predominantly cationic charge (an overall positive charge) at physiological pH.
  • the dendrimer compounds described herein are not predominantly anionic (that is, they should not be negatively charged overall) at physiological pH. They carry more positive charges than negative charges at physiological pH.
  • X 2 and X 3 are single bonds and Y is N so that the dendrimer compound is of the general formula IV:
  • X is selected from Ci- I6 alkylene groups independently for each generation of the dendrimer; wherein each of said Ci_i 6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or O heterogroups and optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
  • said functional atoms of the core are selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, carbon or sulphur. More preferably each of said functional atoms of the core (to which the X groups of the first generation are bonded) is nitrogen.
  • D is a hydrocarbon, such as a saturatued or unsaturated aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon or an aromatic hydrocarbon, (or a combination of said different types of hydrocarbons bonded to each other) wherein the hydrocarbon is optionally substituted, and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms.
  • said hydrocarbon has from 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • said hydrocarbon comprises one or more substituent groups, selected or derived from the substituent groups defined herein.
  • each substituent group comprises a core functional atom that is bonded to one or more X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • each core functional atom is bonded to one or two X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • the number of substituent groups is 2, 3 or 4, each comprising a core functional atom bonded to one or more (preferably one or two) X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • the hydrocarbon itself may comprise core functional atoms, e.g. carbon core functional atoms that are part of the hydrocarbon structure and additionally bonded to one or more (preferably one or two) X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer, or heteroatoms by which the hydrocarbon structure is interrupted and which are additionally bonded to one or more (preferably one or two) X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • D is an organic core molecule
  • inorganic core molecules are also envisaged.
  • An example of an inorganic core is an alternating nitrogen- phosphorus heterocyclic ring structure, having phosphorus and/or nitrogen core functional atoms bonded to X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • D is selected from the following core structures, in which the core functional atom is nitrogen:
  • Ci- I6 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R 2 ) or 0 heterogroups and optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
  • m is an integer from 4 to 8. Most preferably, m is 4 or 8.
  • L, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 , L 5 , L 6 , L 7 , L 8 , L 12 , L 13 and L 14 may be independently selected from linear, unsubstituted C 1 - X2 alkylene groups, and L 9 , L 10 , L 11 are independently selected from linear, unsubstituted Ci_ 4 alkyl groups.
  • L may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, hexylene or dodecylene.
  • L is butylene.
  • D may be
  • L1, L9, and L? may be selected from groups having the general structure C p alkylene-C (O)N (R 2 ) -C q alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
  • D may be
  • L 4 is a linear unsubstituted C 1 - I2 alkylene group.
  • L 5 , L 6 , L 7 and L 8 may be selected from groups having the general structure C p alkylene-C (0)N(R 2 ) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
  • L 4 is preferably ethylene, propylene, ,, butylene, hexylene or dodecylene. More preferably, L 4 is ethylene, for example in a PAMAM dendrimer, or butylene, for example in a poly(propylenimine) (PPI) dendrimer.
  • L 9 , L 10 and L 11 are linear unsubstituted Ci_ 4 alkylene groups.
  • L 12 , L 13 and L 14 are selected from groups having the general structure C p alkylene- C (O)N (R 2 ) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
  • each of L 9 , L 10 and L 11 is ethylene.
  • D is * >-L-N:
  • Alt * wherein m is 4 and L is selected from C 5 - 10 arylene, C 1 - I5 alkylene-C 5 -i 0 arylene, C 1 -I 5 alkylene-C 5 - 10 arylene-Ci-is alkylene-, or C 5 - I0 arylene-Ci_i 5 alkylene-C 5 _i 0 arylene.
  • D is a substituted C 5 _ lo aryl group, wherein the substituents comprise the core functional atoms (e.g. nitrogen atoms) .
  • D may be
  • phenyl ring a trisubstituted phenyl ring, wherein m is 6 and the three' substituents are either bonded respectively to the 1, 2, and 3 positions; the 1, 2 and 4 positions; or the 1, 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • the phenyl ring may be optionally substituted at the other positions, with a substituent as defined herein.
  • each nitrogen atom is bonded to two X groups of the first generation: accordingly, m is twice the number of core functional nitrogen atoms in each case.
  • other core structures are envisaged, similar to those listed above, but wherein one or more of the core functional nitrogen atoms are (each) only bonded to one X group of the first generation of the dendrimer, rather than two X groups.
  • m is less than twice the number number of core functional nitrogen atoms.
  • the nitrogen atoms not bonded to two X groups may be bonded instead to one X group and one substituent as defined herein (e.g. H or alkyl) .
  • core functional atoms are preferred, cores having other functional atoms bonded to the X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer are also envisaged. These core functional atoms may be heteroatoms such as phosphorus, sulphur, and oxygen; or carbon, for example. A combination of different types of core functional atoms may be employed in a single core structure, although it is preferable that the core functional atoms within a given core structure are the same type (e.g. all nitrogen, or all phosphorus) .
  • a phosphorus core functional atom may be part of a phosphine, phosphine oxide or phosphate group (or another group derived from one of the phosphorus-containing functional groups defined herein) which is bonded to or part of the core structure.
  • Phosphorus-containing core structures are known in the art, and may be employed in the present invention. See http://www.dendrichem.com/uk/17.htm for examples of phophorus- containing core structures.
  • a carbon core functional atom may be part of a carbonyl group, for example (or part of another group derived from one of the carbon-containing functional groups defined herein, including alkyl and aryl groups) which group is bonded to or part of the core structure.
  • oxygen core functional atoms may be part of carboxylic acid, ether or ester groups of the core structure, or part of other groups derived from the oxygen-containing functional groups defined herein, which groups are bonded to or part of the core structure, wherein the oxygen core functional atom is covalently attached to an X group of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • the group is bonded to or part of the core structure, and core structures similar to those listed above, except having terminal sulfur-containing groups, are envisaged, the sulphur atoms being bonded to an X group of the first generation of the dendrimer.
  • X is either selected from unsubstituted, uninterrupted Ci- I6 alkylene groups (an example being a polyalkylenimine dendrimer such as a PPI dendrimer, or a DAB PPI dendrimer) ; or selected from Ci- 16 alkylene groups interrupted with an N(R 2 ) group and containing an oxo substituent (an example being a PAMAM dendrimer) .
  • X may be selected from groups having the general structure C p alkylene-C(O)N(R 2 ) -C 8 alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
  • X is preferably selected from groups having the general structure C ⁇ _ 6 alkylene- C(O)NH-C 1 - S alkylene.
  • X may be selected from linear unsubstituted Ci- I6 alkylene groups.
  • X is preferably selected from ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene and hexylene.
  • X is the same group in each and every generation of the dendrimer.
  • alternative embodiments are envisaged wherein X differs between different generations of the dendrimer, so that X in a particular generation is different from X in a subsequent generation.
  • X is generally the same throughout any one particular generation.
  • T is H or Ci_ 4 alkyl, so that the terminal groups of the dendrimer are NH 2 or N(R 4 J 2 wherein R 4 is C 1 ⁇ 4 alkyl. Even more preferably, T is H or methyl, so that the terminal groups of the dendrimer are NH 2 or NMe 2 .
  • the nitrogen-containing groups of the compound of formula III may be in a cationic, quaternary form.
  • substantially only terminal amino groups of the dendrimer are in a quaternary form.
  • the terminal amino groups in the quarternary form comprise three C x - 4 alkyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group. More preferably said Ci_ 4 alkyl groups are methyl groups, so that the terminal groups are -N + Me 3 .
  • the compound of formula III may be a polyamidoamine (PAMAM) dendrimer wherein n is in the range 1 to 6.
  • PAMAM polyamidoamine
  • T may be selected from amidoethylethanolamine, hexylamide, succinamic acid, Tris (hydroxymethyl) amidomethane, amidoethanol, amino and carboxylate groups.
  • a preferred compound of formula III is SuperFect, which is available commercially from Qiagen.
  • the compound of formula III may be a poly (propylenimine) dendrimer having a 1, 4-diaminobutane core.
  • Compounds for use in the second aspect of the invention include activated or fractured (e.g. heat fractured) derivatives of the dendrimer compounds of formula III or formula IV. These derivatives include activated SuperFect or fractured SuperFect, which is commercially available from Quiagen.
  • T is either H or methyl.
  • the compound of formula III is a poly(propylenimine) dendrimer wherein n is 2 (e.g. DAB8) T is methyl and the terminal amino groups are in the cationic quaternary form comprising three methyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atoms of said amino groups.
  • DAB8 is used in the present invention in the quaternary form, thus QDAB8 is more preferable than DAB8. This is because quaternised DAB8 has a lower general in vivo toxicity than non-quaternised DAB8.
  • the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule.
  • the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not complexed to a therapeutic agent.
  • the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not complexed to an agent that is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation.
  • the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not conjugated, complexed, coupled, bonded, or non-covalently associated with one or more glucosamine or glucosamine-6-sulphate molecules.
  • the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not conjugated, complexed, coupled, bonded or non- covalently associated with one or more naphthyl 3, 6-disulfonic acid groups .
  • said Ci-ig alkyl and Ci- I6 alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
  • a and A' are selected from unsubstituted Ci- ⁇ alkylene groups. More preferably, A and A' are ethylene.
  • the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H and a branching group of formula II.
  • the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are preferably independently selected from H and a branching group of formula II.
  • R' and R" may be selected from unsubstituted Ci_ 6 alkyl groups.
  • R' and R" are selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
  • R is selected from H and NR 2 R 3 wherein R 2 and R 3 are H or unsubstituted Ci_ 6 alkyl groups. More preferably, R is selected from H, NH 2 , NMe 2 and NEt 2 .
  • the compond of formula I has an overall cationic charge (i.e. it is positively charged overall) at physiological pH.
  • This overall cationic charge arises as a result of the polymer containing nitrogen atoms at various positions therein, including within terminal amino groups, .e.g. L-NH 2 or L-NR' 2 and/or within internal groups (denoted "internal nitrogen-containing groups") such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within a linear part of the polymer structure, e.g. L-N(H)-L' or L-N(R')- L'; or at the intersection of a polymer branch, e.g. L-N(-L')-L", wherein L, L' and L" may be alkylene groups as defined herein, and R' may be an alkyl group as defined herein, for example.
  • internal nitrogen-containing groups such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within a linear part of the polymer structure, e.g. L-N(H)-L' or L-N(R')- L'; or at the intersection of a polymer branch,
  • the terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups preferably have pKa's which cause them to be protonated, and therefore cationic, at physiological pH.
  • the terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups of the compound of formula I have pKa' s above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12.
  • terminal amino groups of the polymer and not internal nitrogen-containing groups have such preferable pKa values.
  • the pKa values of terminal amino groups would generally be expected to be within the preferred pKa range, and hence protonated and cationic at physiological pH. This is exemplified by the pKa values listed above (all in the range 9-11) of CC-NH 3 + groups of amino acids.
  • terminal groups of the compound of formula I are predominantly cationic at physiological pH.
  • these groups have pKa's above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12.
  • these terminal groups include amino groups.
  • the nitrogen-containing groups of the compound of formula I may be in a cationic, quaternary form. However, it may be that substantially only the terminal amino groups of the compound of formula I are in a quaternary form.
  • the terminal amino groups in the qu.arternary form may comprise three C ⁇ - 6 alkyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group.
  • said Ci- e alkyl groups are methyl groups .
  • the compound of formula I may be a polyethylenimine compound.
  • the compound of formula I may have a molecular weight in the range 0.6 kD to 800 kD, e.g. in the range 5 to 45 kD, or in the range 21 to 24 kD. In certain embodiments, for example when the compounds is linear polyethyleneimine, it may have a molecular weight of 22 kD.
  • n which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in the compound of formula I, is greater than or equal to 20. It is more preferred that n is greater than or equal to 25. It is even more preferred that n is greater than or equal to 30, 50, 75, 100, 150 or 200, in order of increasing preference.
  • n which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in in the compound of formula I, is less than or equal to 20000. It is more preferred that n is less than or equal to 10000. It is even more preferred that n is less than or equal to 5000, 1000, 800 or 700, in order of increasing preference.
  • n there are preferred ranges for n, determined by any combination of the preferred maximum and minimum values for n outlined above.
  • the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule.
  • the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to a therapeutic agent.
  • the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to an agent that is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation.
  • n which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in the compound of formula I, is preferably less than or equal to 20000. It is more preferred that n is less than or equal to 10000. It is even more preferred that n is less than or equal to 5000, 1000, 700, 500, 300, 250, 200, 150, 125, 100, 75, 50 or 30 in order of increasing preference.
  • n in the compound of formula I when used in the compositions of the third aspect of the invention are 3-20000; 3-10000; 3-5000; 3-1000; 3-700; 3-500; 3-300; 3-250; 3- 200; 3-150; 3-125; 3-100; 3-75; 3-50 or 3-30 in order of increasing preference.
  • the average value for m which denotes the number of monomer units -[A'- N(B')]- in a branching group of formula II, is less than 0.5 n, where n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in the compound of formula I. It is more preferred that the average value for m is less than 0.25 n. It is even more preferred that the average value for m is less that 0.1 n. It is most preferred that the average value for m is less than 0.01 n. This is because it is preferable that the compound of formula I is substantially linear.
  • the "average value for m” means the mean number of repeat units m in a branching group, taking into account all the branching groups (of formula II) within the compound of formula I. It is preferred that m is only a small fraction of n, because the compound of formula I is preferably substantially linear.
  • the compound of formula I is substantially linear, wherein the branching groups of formula II are located on average, at every qth nitrogen atom along any given polymer chain segment, wherein q is greater than 3 or greater than 3.5. More preferably, q is greater than 10.
  • substantially all (e.g. above 80%, preferably above 90%, more preferably above 95%, and most preferably above 98%) of the B groups of the backbone monomer units may be H, and substantially all (e.g. above 80%, preferably above 90%, more preferably above 95%, and most preferably above 98%) of the B' groups of the branching group of formula II may be H.
  • the compound of formula I is not a dendrimer.
  • the polymers and dendrimers for use in the present invention may be associated with one or more molecules or ligands . This may be in order to improve the biodistribution, bioavailability, biocompatibility and/or physiochemistry of the polymer, for example.
  • the term "associated with”, as used herein, includes covalent conjugation, either directly or via a linker or tether molecule, as well as non-covalent association or complexation (e.g. by electrostatic or other non-covalent interaction) .
  • the polymers described herein may be associated with molecules or ligands that facilitate in vivo targeting of the polymer ("targeting moieties") .
  • the polymers of the invention may be targeted to tumours by association (e.g. by covalent linkage, or electrostatic association) with a ligand capable of binding to a receptor (e.g. a protein) on the surface of a given tumour.
  • HA hyaluronic acid
  • the polymers of formulae I, III and IV described herein may be associated with hyaluronic acid (HA) .
  • HA is an anionic polysaccharide composed of repeating units of beta-1-4- glucuronate-beta-l-3-N-acetylglucosamine, as shown below:
  • Hyaluronic acid is the natural ligand of the CD44 receptor which is overexpressed in a number of tumours but has also been implicated as a marker for cancer stem cells [56].
  • HA is capable of selective binding to such tumours in which CD44 is overexpressed, and may be used to target the polymers in the present invention to the tumours.
  • the polymer compound of formulae I, III or IV is linked to HA through covalent conjugation of the polymer to the HA backbone.
  • the polymer compound of formulae I, III or IV is linked to low molecular weight HA.
  • Low molecular weight HA may be produced by acid hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage (see below) .
  • the amide bond is formed through reaction of a terminal amino group of the polymer with a carboxyl group of HA.
  • EDAC l-ethyl-3- (3- dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide
  • a carboxyl group of HA may be reacted with a different, suitable substituent group on the polymer (e.g. a substituent group selected from those defined hereinbefore, such as a hydroxyl group) to covalently link the two molecules.
  • a suitable substituent group on the polymer e.g. a substituent group selected from those defined hereinbefore, such as a hydroxyl group
  • the carboxyl groups of HA may first be derivatised to form other reactive functional groups (e.g. acid amide or acid chloride groups) that may then be reacted with a suitable substituent (e.g. selected from those defined above) on the polymer.
  • a tether or linker molecule may be used.
  • the tether or linker may itself be a biocompatible polymer or oligomer such as poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG), or a polyethylenimine polymer or oligomer, or another linker molecule such as an optionally substituted, optionally interrupted alkylene chain.
  • PEG poly (ethylene glycol)
  • a linker molecule such as an optionally substituted, optionally interrupted alkylene chain.
  • linker molecules is PEG.
  • the polymers of the present invention may be derivatised by covalent attachment of PEG chains thereto, as exemplified in Brownlie, A., I. F. Uchegbu and A. G. Schatzlein (2004) "PEI- based vesicle-polymer hybrid gene delivery system with improved biocompatibility. " Int J Pharm 274(1-2) : 41-52, which describes the covalent coupling of PEG chains to branched polyethylenimine to form comb-type co-polymers. See also Luo et al., Macromolecules 2002, 35, 3456-3462, which describes the synthesis of PEG-conjugated PAMAM dendrimer.
  • one or more of these PEG chains may be used as a linker molecule for coupling the polymer to a targeting ligand such as HA.
  • a targeting ligand such as HA.
  • the "free end" of a PEG chain in such a comb-type copolymer could be coupled (using standard coupling chemistry) to HA.
  • reaction of the PEG terminus of a comb-type polymer with an HA molecule would be facilitated by the use of (hetero-) bifunctional PEG in forming the comb-type polymer, so that the PEG terminus was suitably functionalised (e.g. with a terminal amino group) for reation with HA.
  • the comb-type polymer itself could be further derivatised so that the PEG terminus comprised a functional group (such as an amino group) suitable for reaction with HA (e.g. in the presence of the coupling agent EDAC) .
  • Linkers have been used previously to target polyamino-polymers (see Brown, M. D., A. I. Gray, L. Tetley, A. Santovena, J. Rene, A. G. Schatzlein and I. F. Uchegbu (2003) . "In vitro and in vivo gene transfer with poly(amino acid) vesicles.” J Control Release 93(2) : 193-211) .
  • association of the polymers described herein with ligands other than HA is also envisaged.
  • protein or carbohydrate ligand or another type of polymeric ligand may be associated with these polymers.
  • the linkage may be covalent, e.g. via a linker or tether molecule, or non-covalent, e.g. electrostatic.
  • a protein ligand for, or antibody against, any receptor or other molecule expressed on the surface of a tumour cell e.g. a tumour-specific antigen
  • a number of different types of ligands could be coupled to the polymer in this way (possibly in combination with each other, or in combination with HA - see below) .
  • the targeting moieties may be endogenous or exogenous, synthetic or naturally occuring.
  • Naturally-occuring ligands which may be coupled to the polymers described herein include small molecules, such as biotin-avidin, and folate receptor / folate.
  • Other peptides or proteins may be coupled to the polymers described herein, including phage-derived peptides, antibodies, antibody fragments, and endogenous peptides or proteins such as growth factors, hormones or any other molecule capable of binding specifically to a molecule expressed on the surface of the desired target cell type. Examples include EGF, transferrin, carbohydrates, lectins, polymeric molecules such as hyaluronic acid (HA), and antibodies and fragments thereof.
  • Antibody fragments ideally retain antigen binding capability (e.g. Fab fragments) but may consist of or comprise constant regions of the molecule such as Fc domains, e.g. if the target cell carries Fc receptors .
  • Coupling strategies and chemistries suitable for associating the above ligands with the polymers described herein are apparent to the skilled person: some of these are described above in relation to HA.
  • the polymers described herein may be associated with a plurality of different targeting moieties.
  • a polymer may be linked to a combination of the ligands or ligand types described above. This is useful for cross-sectional targeting of the polymers described herein. For example, if a first ligand binds a receptor on target tumour __cells as well as a receptor on a first population of non-target cells, and if a second ligand binds a receptor on the same target cells as well as a receptor on another (second) population of non-target cells, then association of a polymer of the invention with both the first and second ligands can result in higher specificity of the polymer for the target tumour cells than for the each population of non-target cells.
  • association (whether by covalent coupling or electrostatic attraction) of the ligands described above (e.g. HA) with the polymers described herein may be reversible, or cleavable.
  • a cleavable covalent linker (or alternatively a "reversible" electrostatic attraction) may be employed, which reacts to environmental changes (e.g. pH, or hypoxia) to trigger release of the ligand from the polymer.
  • a cleavable covalent linker is used to link the targeting ligand to the polymer.
  • the polymer and targeting ligand become separated upon delivery of the polymer to the target.
  • the cleavable covalent linker reacts to an environmental change that occurs upon delivery of the polymer to the target location, causing separation of the polymer from the ligand.
  • This envronmental change may be a change of pH or hypoxia at the target location.
  • cellular (e.g. endosomal) enzymes and/or extracellular enzymes e.g. metalloproteinases) may trigger release of the polymer from the ligand.
  • enzymes generated within target tumour cells could effect release of the polymer from the ligand, e.g. by cleavage of the ligand, allowing the polymer to become active and attack the tumour.
  • a protease enzyme for example, might cleave a peptide (amido) bond linking the polymer to the ligand.
  • the cleavable covalent linker may be photocleavable. This is especially useful if the polymer of the invention is inactive when conjugated to the targeting ligand, and active when released from the ligand.
  • the tumour upon delivery of the polymer to the desired location (e.g. a particular tumour), the tumour can be irradiated in order to cleave the ligand from the polymer and render the polymer active at the site of the tumour.
  • the targeting moieties described above may be associated (normally covalently but in principle also non-covalently) with a carrier, the carrier also being associated with a polymer used in the methods of the invention, so that the targeting moieties are presented near the surface of the carrier. This may facilitate interaction between the ligand and a 'receptor' that is complementary to the targeting ligand. Sometimes spacers or tethers are used (see above) to link the ligand to the particulate carrier in order to create a steric situation that allows easy access.
  • the carrier may be a biocompatible polymer or other biomolecule, for example.
  • polymers (including dendrimers) used in the present invention may be associated (e.g. covalently or electrostatically) with a carrier.
  • Complexes between such polymers and carriers tend to form nanoparticles, which may be a convenient form for administration.
  • the carrier may be a biomolecule, e.g. a nucleic acid (typically DNA), or HA, as described above.
  • a biomolecule e.g. a nucleic acid (typically DNA), or HA, as described above.
  • the biodistribution, bioavailability, biocompatibility and/or physiochemistry of the polymer may be improved in such nanoparticle form.
  • a nucleic acid carrier as used in this aspect of the invention may be incapable of being expressed (i.e. transcribed and/or translated) ; thus when introduced into a target cell, it does not give rise to an RNA or protein expression product.
  • the nucleic acid may contain an open reading frame, it may contain no promoter (e.g. a promoterless plasmid) .
  • a polymer may be complexed into nanoparticle form by complexation with an active biomolecule, in which case the polymer and biomolecule complexed thereto may show synergistic effects.
  • a polymer may be complexed with a nucleic acid which is capable of being expressed (transcribed and/or translated) , giving rise to a therapeutically active expression product such as a protein or RNA.
  • the carrier may be an expression vector encoding a therapeutically useful protein such as TNF.
  • the bioactive molecule of the composition of the third aspect of the invention is preferably anionic at physiological pH, preferably carrying more than one negative charge per molecule, in order that the cationic groups of the polymer of formula I are able to form non-covalent electrostatic interactions with the bioactive molecule.
  • the bioactive molecule may itself be a polymer, such as heparin (a polyanion at physiological pH) or a related polymer, e.g. another polymer with a high level of anionic sulphate and / or carboxyl substituents .
  • the bioactive molecule may ⁇ be an extracellular matrix polymer such as dextran.
  • the bioactive molecule may be a peptide or protein.
  • Peptides or proteins having pKa' s such that they are negatively charged around physiological pH (such as anionic drug molecules) are particularly preferable.
  • the bioactive molecule may be a polyanion which is a potent inhibitor of HIV, e.g. a negatively charged albumin, or dextran sulphate.
  • Anionic albumins with potent anti-HIV activity are described at (http: //www.niwi.knaw.nl/en/oi/nod/onderzoek/OND1270824/toon) .
  • the bioactive molecule may be a conventional organic drug molecule, e.g. with one or more carboxylic acid groups that are negatively charged at physiological pH. Examples are diclofenace, phenobarbital and barbituric acid.
  • the polymers described herein may exert cytostatic effects on tumour cells in vivo. Thus cells treated with these polymers may not divide. Non-dividing cells are less sensitive to certain cytotoxic drugs than dividing cells of a similar type.
  • particular benefits may be achieved by using polymers as described above in relation to any aspect of the invention for specific types of gene therapy for diseases characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, especially neoplastic disease such as cancers as described above.
  • the polymers may be used for delivery of a nucleic acid (e.g an expression vector) encoding an enzyme capable of converting a prodrug to a more active, cytotoxic form, wherein the cytotoxic form is more toxic against dividing cells than against non- dividing cells.
  • a nucleic acid e.g an expression vector
  • Cells which receive the enzyme therefore become capable of converting prodrug to drug, but are prevented from proliferating by the cytostatic effects of the polymer delivery agent.
  • these cells become a source of active drug molecule while at the same time becoming more resistant to the effects of the drug than surrounding untreated cells.
  • the life of the enzyme-carrying cells as a source of active drug molecule is therefore prolomged, potentially increasing the efficency of the treatment. If and when the cytostatic effect wears off, the cells will be killed by the drug molecule, and thus should not be able to escape to allow tumour regrowth.
  • Suitable drugs which are more active against dividing than non-dividing cells include nucleoside analogues such as 5- fluorouracil.
  • Prodrugs include ganciclovir.
  • Enzymes which may be used in conjunction with such prodrugs include thymidine kinase from Herpes Simplex Virus.
  • the invention includes the use of a polymer as described above for the preparation of a composition for the delivery of a nucleic acid to a cancer cell, the nucleic acid encoding an enzyme capable of converting a prodrug to a more active, cytotoxic form, wherein the cytotoxic form is more toxic against a dividing cell than against a non-dividing cell.
  • the polymers used in the present invention can be modified by covalently binding derivatising pendant groups, such as hydrophobic or hydrophilic groups, to the surface of the dendrimer.
  • pendant groups such as hydrophobic or hydrophilic groups
  • a combination of hydrophobic and hydrophilic substituents may be attached to make hydrophilic polymers amphiphilic.
  • Amphiphilicity allows for broad manipulation of phsyciochemistry, e.g. for self assembly (formation of polymeric vesicles, micelles, etc. and even hydrogels), which is useful for modification or optimisation of the in vivo properties of the polymer.
  • the number of derivatising groups may vary from one derivatising group per polymer molecule up to and including derivatising all available surface or terminal groups, for example, derivatising all 8 surface groups of a DAB8 molecule or all 16 surface groups of a DAB16 molecule.
  • Derivatising dendrimer molecules is described in WO 03/033027.
  • Figure 1 shows cytostatic effects induced by various polymers in vitro.
  • Figure 2 shows inhibition of tumour growth by four DAB dendrimer polymers, quaternarised DAB8, fractured SuperFect (PAMAM polymer) and linear PEI.
  • DAB dendrimer polymers quaternarised DAB8, fractured SuperFect (PAMAM polymer) and linear PEI.
  • PAMAM polymer fractured SuperFect
  • Figure 2 shows inhibition of tumour growth by four DAB dendrimer polymers, quaternarised DAB8, fractured SuperFect (PAMAM polymer) and linear PEI.
  • Established experimental A431 murine xenografts were treated by a single injection of the relevant polymer.
  • Figure 3 shows body weight change in A4311-bearing mice. Untreated animals and animals treated with a single dose of the various polymers were weighed and changes expressed in percent change compared to the day of the first treatment.
  • Figure 4 shows treatment of established LS174T Human Colorectal Adenocarcinoma (ATCC CCL-188) xenografts in a mouse model.
  • One group of animals black was untreated.
  • the remainder were treated (q.2d 5x) with either DAB16 polymer (green), naked plasmid encoding TNF alpha (red) and a complex of DABl6 and the TNF alpha-encoding plasmid (blue) .
  • Individual animals are represented by separate symbols.
  • Figure 5 shows treatment of established C33a Human Cervix Carcinoma (ATCC HTB31) xenografts in a mouse model.
  • Animals treated (q.2d 5x) with DAB16 (green) were compared to untreated animals (black) , and those treated with naked plasmid encoding TNF alpha (red) or a DAB16-TNF alpha plasmid complex (blue) .
  • Individual animals are represented by separate symbols.
  • Figure 6 shows treatment of established A431 epidermoid carcinoma (ATCC CRL-1555) in a mouse model.
  • Animals treated (q.2d 5x) with DAB16 (green) were compared to untreated animals (black) , and those treated with naked plasmid encoding TNF alpha (red) or a DAB16-TNF alpha plasmid complex (blue) .
  • FIG. 7 A431 epidermoid carcinoma tumours were grafted into nude CD-I mice and left to establish ( ⁇ 5 mm) . Animals were treated by injection of the relevant formulation every 2 nd day over 10 days (5 injections) .
  • the ability of the generation 3 polypropylenimine dendrimer (DABl6) as a single agent to delay long-term tumour growth (green) was compared with that of a naked TNF alpha-encoding plasmid (blue) , a complex of both (magenta) , DABl6 complexed to promoterless plasmid (cyan) . Untreated control is shown in red. Tumour volume doubling time was measured as a surrogate endpoint as substantial tumour growth immediately precedes tumour related mortality.
  • DABl6 polypropylenimine dendrimer
  • FIG. 8 shows overall tumour response to treatment, stratified according to change in tumour volume into progressive disease (increase greater than 1.2 fold), stable disease (0.7-1.2), partial response (0-0.7), and complete response (0) over the duration of the experiment.
  • Figure 9 shows activity and toxicity of doxorubicin in A431 xenograft models (taken from [55] ) .
  • Figure 10 shows that hyaluronic acid conjugates of DAB16 (HA- dendrimer) can target cancer cells expressing the CD44 receptor.
  • Complexes formed from plasmid DNA and conjugates of HA-dendrimer show superior targeting to CD44 positive cells as compared to complexes formed with un-conjugated dendrimer [57, 58] .
  • Figure 11 shows that HA-dendrimers preferentially target plasmid encoding beta-galactosidase to CD44 positive B16F10 melanomas in vivo, in contrast to unconjugated linear PEI ("Polymer”) [57, 58] .
  • Hyaluronic acid (HA) conjugates of DAB8 (generation 2 PPI dendrimer) and DAB16 (generation 3 PPI dendrimer) were synthesized according to the procedure outlined below.
  • Quaternised DAB8, DABl ⁇ , DAB32 and DAB64 were synthesized according to the method below, in which each of the nitrogen atoms of the terminal amino groups of these dendrimers is converted to a. cationic quaternary ammonium group having three methyl groups bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • a solution of bovine testis hyaluronidase was prepared by dissolving this enzyme (lOOmg) in PBS (10ml) .
  • Hyaluronic acid solution was heated for 30 min at 37C°in water bath and then the enzyme solution was added to the warm solution and the enzyme hyaluronic acid solution was heated for 48h at 37C°. At the end of this time period the solution was boiled for 15 minutes to denature the hyaluronidase.
  • the solution was allowed cool and then centrifuged ( ⁇ OOOrpm, 30 min) .
  • the precipitated enzyme was filtered out and then polymer solution was isolated by exhaustive dialysis against distilled water (5L) with 6 changes over a 24 h period by using dialysis tubing with a molecular cut off of 12,000-14,000 Daltons.
  • the dry solid was obtained by freeze-drying the dialysate.
  • HA-DAB8 conjugates were then synthesized as follows: HA-DAB8 conjugates
  • DAB8 was conjugated with HA24, HA48 and HAenz .
  • Synthesis of these HA-DAB8 conjugates was carried out as depicted in Scheme 2, by reaction of DAB8 with low molecular weight hyaluronic acid (either HA24, HA48 or HAenz) in the presence of l-ethyl-3- (3- dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) at a pH of 4.75.
  • EDAC is a well known carboxyl activating agent for amide bonding with primary amines, and may be used to link a biological substance containing a carboxylate group (such as HA) with a biological substance containing a primary amine (such as a DAB polypropylenimine dendrimer) .
  • a biological substance containing a carboxylate group such as HA
  • a biological substance containing a primary amine such as a DAB polypropylenimine dendrimer
  • HA24, HA48 or HAenz were dissolved in water (100 ml) .
  • Solid poly propylenimine octa amine dendrimer (DAB8, generation 2, 7.73g, 10 mmoles, 7.73ml) was added to the HA solutions.
  • the pHs of the solutions were adjusted to pH 4.75 by addition of 0. IM HCl.
  • Solid l-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) (1.92g, 10.0 mmoles) was added to the acid reaction mixtures.
  • DAB32 generation 4
  • DAB64 generation 5
  • 500 mg Sigma-Aldrich, UK
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 50 mL, Sigma-Aldrich, UK
  • sodium hydroxide 120 mg, Merck Eurolab, UK
  • methyl iodide 3 g, Sigma-Aldrich, UK
  • sodium iodide 150 mg, Sigma-Aldrich, UK
  • the quaternary ammonium product (QDAB8, QDAB16, QDAB32 or QDAB64, obtained from DAB8, DAB16, DAB32 or DAB64 respectively) was then recovered by precipitation with diethyl ether (500 mL, Merck Eurolab, UK) followed by filtration.
  • the resulting solid was first quickly washed with absolute ethanol (1 L, Merck Eurolab, UK) over a vacuum pump, followed by diethyl ether (500 mL) .
  • the washed solid (quaternary ammonium product) was subsequently dissolved in water (15OmL) and passed over an Amberlite anion exchange column.
  • the eluate obtained was freeze dried and obtained as a yellow solid, and the structure was confirmed by both 1 H and 13 C NMR.
  • the Amberlite anion exchange column was prepared by placing Amberlite IRA-93 Cl “ (Merck Eurolab, UK) in a 10OmL separatory funnel and washing the resin first with HCL (I M, 90 mL) followed by distilled water (50OmL) until the eluate gave a neutral pH.
  • mice Female mice (CDl-nu, initial mean weight 2Og) were housed in groups of five in suspended plastic cages at 19-23°C with a 12h light-dark cycle. A conventional diet (Rat and Mouse Standard Expanded, B and K Universal, Grimston, UK) and water from the mains were available ad libidum. Experimental work was carried out in accordance with UK Home Office regulations and approved by the local ethics committee.
  • Tumour cells [LS174 Human Colorectal Adenocarcinoma (ATCC CL- 188), A431 Epidermoid Carcinoma (ATCC CRL-1555) , C33a Human Cervix Carcinoma (ATCC HTB31) ] were grown as monolayers in 75 cm 2 flasks in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10 % (v/v) foetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1% (v/v) glutamine, in a humid atmosphere of 5% CO 2 at 37 0 C. Medium was changed twice a week. Cells were subcultured every seven days by trypsin treatment and experiments were conducted when the cells were in exponential phase.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium
  • FBS foetal bovine serum
  • glutamine 1% (v/v) glutamine
  • mice were injected subcutaneously with the cell suspension in either flank and cells were then left to develop palpable tumours (typical diameters 5-6 mm) ; in every case IxIO 6 cells were injected in each flank and tumours developed over 7 days (LS174T) to 10 days A431, C33a) .
  • All formulations were prepared as solutions (or suspensions) in 5% dextrose. Each dose contained 250 ⁇ g of DAB 4, DAB 16, DAB 32, QDAB8, respectively.
  • the PAMAM dendrimer and linear PEI were given as dilutions of Superfect (100 ⁇ l per animal) and Exgen (9 ⁇ l per animal) respectively, in 5% dextrose solution.
  • Control formulations containing PPI-G3 (DAB16) polymers complexed with plasmid DNA mTNFalpha expression vector (pORF9-mTNFa with a strong promoter (EFlalpha/HTLV or promoterless) and free TNFalpha plasmid were also prepared in 5% dextrose. Colloidal dispersions were sized by photon correlation spectroscopy (Malvern Zetasizer 3000, Malvern Instruments, UK) .
  • active polymers examples include large fractured PANAM dendrimers (Superfect-L MW ⁇ 35kD) , linear polymers (Exgen, 22kD) , and small dendrimers such as lower generation polypropylenimine dendrimers (DAB4-DAB64) . These exhibit cytostatic effects towards tumour cell lines in vitro.
  • A431 epidermoid carcinoma cells were treated with various cationic polymers.
  • PEI, Superfect and various DAB polymers were added to the culture medium at concentrations of 0.45 ⁇ L/mL, 5 ⁇ L/mL and 12.5 ⁇ g/mL respectively for the duration of the experiment.
  • Untreated cells show typical growth behaviour; triton X treated cells show decrease in cell number consitent with cell lysis.
  • the cytostatic effects on the tumour cell lines are illustrated in Figure 1.
  • Polymers were then administered in vivo. Administration was at levels which we would expect to complex similar amounts of DNA, not at levels calculated to provide similar cytostatic effects . The effect is essentially the same for all materials so it is conceivable that the ability of these materials to bind DNA plays a role in the ..effects observed, e.g. through condensation of nuclear DNA. All polymers used were well tolerated with no apparent signs of gross, systemic toxicity in vivo ( Figure 3) .
  • DAB8 (PPI G2) kills animals within 5-10 seconds after i.v. injection; however no such effect has been observed with any of the closely related DABs.
  • modified (quaternised) QDAB8 is well-tolerated and active ( Figures 2 and 3) . Therefore this effect is thought to be unique to underivatised DAB8.
  • the effect is not unique for a specific tumour but was also observed in a number of xenograft models .
  • the effect of the G3-PPI solution was compared with PPI-G3 DNA complexes carrying an expression plasmid for the murine TNFalpha gene (50 ⁇ g DNA complexed at 5:1 (w/w) ) and the free TNFalpha plasmid (50 ⁇ g/animal) in established LS174T colorectal tumours ( Figure 4), C33a cervix carcinomas ( Figure 5), and the A431 epidermoid carcinoma model ( Figure 6) .
  • the treatment of animals with DAB16 inhibited tumour growth significantly.
  • the polymers may also be targeted to tumours by association with a ligand capable of binding to a receptor (e.g. a protein) on the surface of a given tumour.
  • a receptor e.g. a protein
  • Active targeting of DABl6 and DAB8 was achieved through conjugation of the appropriate dendrimer to a hyaluronic acid (HA) backbone.
  • HA hyaluronic acid
  • Low molecular weight HA was produced by acid hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage and coupled to the dendrimers as described earlier.
  • Hyaluronic acid is the natural ligand of the CD44 receptor which is overexpressed in a number of tumours but has also been implicated as a marker for cancer stem cells [56] .
  • DNA complexes formed with the targeted polymers show preferential uptake in receptor positive cancer cells (B16F10 murine melanoma) but not in the control cells (NIH 3T3; Figure 10) .
  • the targeted complexes also show a higher expression in the receptor positive tumours in the syngeneic Bl6F10 mouse model compared to the untargeted complexes ( Figure 11) .
  • tumour derived cell lines or transformed cell lines because of their favourable growth characteristics which allow facile manipulation.
  • An indication of potential specificity can be inferred from the differential effects specific compounds exhibit against a panel of cell lines, but the key data which demonstrates therapeutic potential is activity in animal models of cancer, such as murine tumour xenografts, as shown here.
  • the lower generation polypropylenimine dendrimers are synthetic transfection agents that mediate efficient transgene expression in vitro [36] and after systemic injection do not demonstrate any gross toxicity [54] .
  • the therapeutic effect seen in various tumour models is at least as good as that of doxorubicin without the systemic toxicity seen by such cytotoxic drugs.
  • Cyclopropane-containing polyamine analogues are efficient growth inhibitors of a human prostate tumor xenograft in nude mice. J Med Chem, 2003. 46(21) : p. 4586-600.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Various polymers, including cationic polyamine polymers and dendrimeric polymers, are shown to possess anti-proliferative activity, and may therefore be useful for treatment of disorders characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation such as neoplasms and tumours, inflammatory disorders (including autoimmune disorders), psoriasis and atherosclerosis. The polymers may be used alone as active agents, or as delivery vehicles for other therapeutic agents, such as drug molecules or nucleic acids for gene therapy. In such cases, the polymers' own intrinsic anti-tumour activity may complement the activity of the agent to be delivered.

Description

BIOACTIVE. POLYMERS
Field of the Invention
This invention relates to bioactive polymer compounds, including oligomer and dendrimer compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compositions and compounds to treat various conditions alleviated by the inhibition, reduction or control of unwanted or undesirable cellular proliferation.
Background to the Invention
Despite the number of deaths from cancer in 2000 being lower than estimated in 1985 cancer remains a leading cause of death in Europe [I]. In addition to the suffering and distress for patients and their families, the treatment of cancer clearly poses an enormous public health problem with wide ranging socioeconomic implications.
Currently therapeutic options are limited and only 4% of patients requiring systemic treatment can be cured. The idea of a drug as the magic bullet, originally suggested at the end of the 19th century by Nobel Laureate Paul Ehrlich, has since provided the paradigm for drug targeting. Pharmacologists have striven to develop so-called λclean' drugs that avoid the sometimes dramatic and even life-threatening side effects of anticancer therapy of¬ ten synonymous with λchemotherapy' in the public's mind. A good example of this is alopecia induced by chemotherapy. This is an obvious side-effect with significant associated psychosocial morbidity; directing the drug away from the hair follicle would thus represent a significant therapeutic improvement. Over the years, improved administration modalities and novel cytotoxic drugs have led to significant improvements in the management of cancer [1, 2] . However, the need for safe and efficacious drugs to treat various forms of cancer remains high.
Cationic polyamine polymers (CPPs) have '"previously been used ϊn various ways in biomedical research and pharmaceutical products, mainly as excipients in pharmaceutical formulations, but also to assist in delivery of drug molecules, gene delivery vectors, or other biomedical materials.
Naturally occurring polyamines (putrescine, spermidine, and spermine) play multifunctional roles in cell growth and differentiation but recently have also been implicated in promoting apoptosis [3] . Analogues of these natural polyamines have been developed as potential anti-cancer agents. These analogues include Nl,Nll-diethylnorspermine [4] . Various conformationally restricted and/or unsaturated synthetic polyamines, including analogues of IN, 12N-bisethylspermine, 1N1 14Z\7-Bisethylhomospermine (BE-4-4-4), and 3,8,13,18,23- pentaazapentacosane (BE-4-4-4-4) , have also been investigated for anti-cancer activity [5, 6, 7, 8, 9] .
Frydman and colleagues report activity of the polyamine analogue SL-11093 (3,8, 13, 18-tetraaza-10, 11- [ (E) -1, 2-cyclopropyl] eicosane tetrahydrochloride) against xenografts in mouse models [10] . A series of cyclopropane containing analogues have been shown to be active in xenograft models [11, 12] .
Liu and colleagues [13] review the effect of heparin-like glycosaminoglycans in tumour biology and report that these molecules can promote or inhibit tumour growth. Berry et al. [14] report that in cell culture the heparan sulfate-like glycosaminoglycans, and in particular heparin, were able to induce apoptosis of cancer cells when internalised. They also report that some members of a library of poly(beta-amino ester) s internalize heparin and thus inhibit tumour cell growth by up to 73% [14] but they do not show that these compounds behave any differently towards tumour cells and healthy cells, or demostrate therapeutic applicability. Furthermore Ishida and colleagues report the the effects of heparin sulphate glycosaminoglycans mimetic compounds may exert an anti-cancer effect, but suggest that this is due to increased adherence of the cells, rather than by uptake of the polymers [15] . Dendrimer compounds have variously been used for delivery of a bioactive agent. Many of the biomedical and pharmaceutical application of dendrimers focus on PAMAM dendrimers [16-19], gene delivery [20-27] and phosphorous containing [28] compounds with a mixture of amine/ amide or N-P (02) S as the conjugating units respectively. Polypropylenimine dendrimers have also been studied as pH-sensitive controlled release systems for drug delivery [29, 30] and for their encapsulation of guest molecules when chemically modified by peripheral amino acid groups [31] . Previous patent applications describing dendrimers (e.g. for as delivery agents) include US 5,714,166, US 5,990,089, US 5,795,581 and WO03/001218.
Kabanov and others report that polypropylenimine dendrimers interact with DNA via the surface primary amines only with no involvement of the internal amine groups [33] while Gebhart and Kabanov report very low gene transfer activity with the 5th generation polypropylenimine dendrimers DAB 64 in the easy-to- transfect COS cell line [34] and conclude that DAB 64 is far too toxic above a dendrimer-DNA weight ratio of 0.62: 1 (nitrogen to phosphate ratio of 4 : 1) . Additionally Malik and others concluded that the cationic dendrimers as opposed to the anionic dendrimers are too toxic for parenteral use without further derivatisation with biocompatible groups such as polyethylene glycol units [35] .
The present inventors have recently demonstrated that the lower generation PPI dendrimers strike a favourable balance between their ability to transfect and their cytotoxicity [36, 37] and can also be used to deliver oligonucleotides into cells [38]; see also WO03/033027.
Duncan and colleagues describe the use of anionic PAMAM dendrimers coupled to a cytotoxic agent, such as a platinum containing compound (US 6,585,956) . Shaunak et al. describe an anionic (generation 3.5) PAMAM dendrimer conjugated to glucosamine and (separately) to glucosamine-6-sulfate, the glucosamine compounds having previously been reported to improve wound healing. The glucosamine and glucosamine-6-sulfate conjugates are reported to prevent scar tissue formation, but the non-conjugated dendrimer was found to have no biological activity of its own. The anionic, carboxyl-terminated, dendrimer was chosen because of its purported lack of toxicity compared to cationic amine-terminated PAMAM dendrimers [59] . Gong et al. report antiviral activities exhibited by a polyanionic lysine dendrimer, SPL-2999, in which the surface (terminal) groups are sodium salts of naphthyl 3, 6-disulfonic acid [60] .
Polyethylenimine (PEI) polymers have been extensively used as gene delivery agents in vitro and in vivo [40] . Most of the PEI formulations studied to date have been prepared using branched PEI of varying molecular weight (0.6 kD -800 kD) , but a linear PEI of 22 kD has also been examined. Polyplexes from higher MW branched PEIs (70-80OkD) were found to be more efficient in vitro [40-43] but on intravenous administration the smaller and linear PEIs [44, 45] seem in general to be more efficient than branched PEI of 25 kD PEI [46, 47] or 50-750 kD PEI [48, 49] . More recently, cholesteryl PEI derivatives have also been shown to transfect cells [50, 51] . Targeted PEI based DNA complexes have been used to delivery genes to tumour xenografts [52], but the authors did not identify any specific antitumour activity provided by the polymer itslf.
Brownlie et al. describe a number of modifications of branched PEI but do not report any activity from the polymer itself [53] .
Summary of the Invention
The present inventors have |found that certain cationic polymers have highly selective antiproliferative properties in vivo, which makes them particularly suitable for use as therapeutic agents for the treatment of diseases characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation. A number of these cationic polymers have previously been used to deliver agents such as nucleic acid into target cells, but their potential as therapeutic agents in their own right has, until now, been unrecognised.
A first aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound of formula I or a salt thereof as an active agent in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein
R is independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkyl and NR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Cx-I6 alkyl;
R' is independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkyl; n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- and is greater than or equal to 15; the A groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkylene groups; and the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II:
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein R" is selected from H, optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkyl and optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkylene-NR2R3; m denotes the number of monomer units - [A' -N (B' ) ] - of the branching group and is greater than or equal to 1; the A' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkylene groups; and . = the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from H, optionally substituted C1^6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II; wherein each of said Ci_16 alkyl and C1-I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups .
A second aspect of the invention is the use of a dendrimer compound of the general formula III or a salt thereof as an active agent in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation:
Figure imgf000008_0001
n(=1) n(=2) : III : wherein n is greater than or equal to 1, wherein n represents the number of generations of the dendrimer;
D is a core group of the dendrimer including a plurality of functional atoms;
Y is selected independently for each generation of the dendrimer from N or C(R1) wherein each R1 is independently H or optionally substituted C^6 alkyl;
X, X2 and X3 are independently selected, independently for each generation of the dendrimer, from a single bond, optionally substituted C1-I6 alkylene groups, and N(R2), wherein each R2 is independently H or optionally substituted Cχ_16 alkyl, and wherein said Ci_i6 alkyl and C^16 alkylene groups are independently optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups,- m is an integer from 2 to 8, wherein m denotes the number of X groups of the first generation that are bonded to the core group, wherein each X group of the first generation is bonded to a core functional atom; and
Ti and T2 represent end groups bonded to the nth generation of the dendrimer, wherein Ti and T2 are independently selected from the substituents defined herein.
While certain dendrimer compounds falling within Formula III have previously been used for delivery of therapeutic agents such as nucleic acids, they have not previouly been suggested for use as therapeutic agents in their own right. The compound of formula III, or salt thereof, may therefore be used in a composition (such as a pharmaceutical composition) as the sole active agent present. Thus, in some embodiments, the composition does not contain nucleic acid or other therapeutic agent which is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation (e.g. a cytotoxic agent) in a therapeutically effective amount; for example, the composition may not contain nucleic acid or other therapeutic agent at all.
In alternative embodiments, other active agents may be present, but need not be complexed with the dendrimer compound of formula III. Thus the compound of formula III or salt thereof is preferably not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule or other therapeutic agent which is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation (e.g. a cytotoxic agent) .
Certain polymers having previously unrecognised antiproliferative properties may be used as delivery agents for other therapeutic agents such as cyototoxic drugs. A third aspect of the present invention is therefore a composition for delivering a bioactive molecule other than a nucleic acid to a target location in vivo, the composition comprising a compound of formula I or a salt thereof admixed with said bioactive molecule, wherein the composition does not contain nucleic acid:
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein
R is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C1-I6 alkyl and NR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Cχ_16 alkyl;
R' is independently selected from H and optionally substituted Cx-I6 alkyl; n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- and is greater than or equal to 3; the A groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkylene groups; and the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_is alkyl and a branching group of formula II:
Figure imgf000010_0002
wherein
R" is selected from H, optionally substituted C1-X6 alkyl and optionally substituted Cx-I6 alkylene-NR2R3; m denotes the number of monomer units -[A'-N(B')]- of the branching group and is greater than or equal to 1; the A' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from optionally substituted Cx_16 alkylene groups; and the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II; wherein each of said Ci_16 alkyl and C1-I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups.
Such compositions typically contain small complexes formed between tehe cationic polymer and the bioactive moleGule. The complexes may take the form of small "nanoparticles" . For optimal complex formation, the bioactive molecule is preferably anionic, and preferably carries more than one negative charge per molecule, in order that the cationic groups of the polymer are able to form non-covalent electrostatic interactions with the bioactive molecule.
The compositions of this aspect of the invention may be particularly therapeutically effective because both the bioactive molecule and the polymer have therapeutic (e.g. antitumour) activity in their own right. Thus the compositions may provide an additive or even synergisitic antiproliferative effect, in excess of the effect which would be obtained using the bioactive molecule alone.
A further aspect of the present invention provides the use of a composition as described in relation to the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of treating a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound of formula I or III, or a composition according to the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides novel compounds or salts, solvates and chemically protected forms thereof, and methods of synthesis thereof as described herein.
Conditions which may be treated by the compounds and compositions described herein include conditions characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, that is to say, conditions characterised by an unwanted or undesirable proliferation of normal or abnormal cells. Such conditions may involve neoplastic or hyperplastic growth of any type of cell, or inflammatory or autoimmune disorders in which proliferation of cells of the immune system gives rise to tissue damage or other symptoms of disease, which may be caused by direct cellular activity or by mediators released by the cells of the immune system.
Examples of conditions characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocytoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g., lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma) , leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), atherosclerosis and inflammatory disorders.
Thus the compounds and compositions described herein may be useful in the treatment of chronic autoimmune conditions and/or inflammation (including, for example, rheumatoid arthritis); in the therapeutic and/or preventative treatment of localised lesions; for inhibiting angiogenesis (e.g. in the treatment of solid tumours); and in the treatment of wound healing (e.g. to reduce unwanted scar tissue formation, for example in relation to operations or burn injuries) . Thus, the compounds and compositions described herein may be useful for preventing or reducing scar tissue formation during angioplasties (and may therefore be suitable for drug-coating stents for use in such procedures) . The compounds and compositions described herein may also be useful for preventing the formation of unwanted tissue and vascularisation in the eye, e.g. in the cornea.
Definitions Oxo (keto, -one) : The term "oxo", as used herein, pertains to the monovalent moiety =0, also known as a keto group.
Halo: The term "halo", as used herein, pertains to the monovalent moiety -Y, wherein Y is a halogen atom. Examples of halo groups include -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
Hydroxy: The term "hydroxy", as used herein, pertains to the monovalent moiety -OH.
Carboxy (carboxylic acid) : The term "carboxy", as used herein, pertains to the monovalent moiety -C(=O)OH.
Alkyl: The term "alkyl, " as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified) , which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated) . Thus, the term "alkyl" includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc.
In the context of alkyl groups, the prefixes (e.g., C1-O Ci_6, C1- 16A C2_7, C3-7, etc.) denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms. For example, the term "Ci_i6 alkyl," as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of groups of alkyl groups include Ci_4 alkyl ("lower alkyl"), C^6 alkyl, Ci_12 alkyl and C1^6 alkyl. Note that the first prefix may vary according to other limitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 2; for cyclic alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 3; etc.
Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1) , ethyl (C2) , propyl (C3) , butyl
(C4), pentyl (C5), hexyl (C6), heptyl (C7), octyl (C8), nonyl (C9), decyl (Ci0), undecyl (Cn), dodecyl (Ci2), tridecyl (C13), tetradecyl (C14) pentadecyl (Ci5) and hexadecyl (C16) .
Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Ci) , ethyl (C2) , n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (C5), n-hexyl (C6), and n- heptyl (C7) .
Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C3), iso-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (C5), and neo-pentyl (C5) .
Cycloalkyl: The term "cycloalkyl", as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified) .
Examples of saturated cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: cyclopropane (C3) , cyclobutane (C4) , cyclopentane (C5) , cyclohexane (C6) , cycloheptane (C7) , norbornane (C7), norpinane (C7), norcarane (C7) .
Alkenyl: The term "alkenyl, " as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
Examples of groups of alkenyl groups include C2-4 alkenyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2_2o alkenyl.
Examples of unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, -CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-CH3),
2-propenyl (allyl, -CH-CH=CH2), isopropenyl (-C(CH3J=CH2), butenyl (C4), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (C6) .
Examples of unsaturated cyclic alkenyl groups, which are also referred to herein as "cycloalkenyl" groups, include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentenyl (C5) , and cyclohexenyl (C6) . Heterocyclyl: The term "heterocyclyl, " as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., C3_7, C5_6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C3-7 heterocyclyl, " as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms. Examples of groups of heterocyclyl groups include C3-7heterocyclyl, C5_7heterocyclyl, and C5_6heterocyclyl.
Examples of (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
Ni: aziridine (C3), azetidine (C4), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C5), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2, 5-dihydropyrrole) (C5), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C5) , piperidine (C6) , dihydropyridine (C6) , tetrahydropyridine (C6) , azepine (C7) ;
Oi: oxirane (C3), oxetane (C4), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C5), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5) , oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C6) , dihydropyran (C6) , pyran (C6) , oxepin (C7) ;
Si: thiirane (C3), thietane (C4), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (C5), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C6), thiepane (C7);
O2: dioxolane (C5), dioxane (C6), and dioxepane (C7);
O3: trioxane (C6) ;
N2: imidazolidine (C5), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C5),^ imidazoline (C5) , pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C5) , piperazine (C6) ; N1O1: tetrahydrooxazole (C5), dihydrooxazole (C5), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5) , dihydroisoxazole (C5) , morpholine (C6) , tetrahydrooxazine (C6) , dihydrooxazine (C6) , oxazine (C6) ;
N1S1: thiazoline (C5), thiazolidine (C5), thiomorpholine (C6);
N2O1: oxadiazine (C6);
O1S1: oxathiole (C5) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C6); and,
N1O1S1: oxathiazine (C6) .
Examples of substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C5) , such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C6) , such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
Examples of heterocyclyl groups which are also heteroaryl groups are described below with aryl groups.
Aryl: The term "aryl," as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified) . Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, more preferably, from 5 to 6 ring atoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., C5-10, C5_7, C5_6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5_6 aryl, " as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of aryl groups include C3_10aryl, C5-10aryl, C5-7aryl, C5-6aryl, C5aryl, and C6aryl. The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups." Examples of carboaryl groups include C5_10carboaryl, C5-7carboaryl, C5_6carboaryl, C5carboaryl, and C5carboaryl .
Examples of carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e., phenyl) (C6), naphthalene (Ci0), and azulene (Ci0) •
Examples of aryl groups which comprise fused rings, at least one of which is an aromatic ring, include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g., 2, 3-dihydro-lH-indene) (C9), indene (C9) , isoindene (C9) , and tetraline
(1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydronaphthalene) (C10) .
Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups." Examples of heteroaryl groups include C5-i0heteroaryl, C5_7heteroaryl, C5_6heteroaryl,
C5heteroaryl, and C6heteroaryl.
Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
Ni: pyrrole (azole) (C5), pyridine (azine) (C6);
Oi: furan (oxole) (C5); Si: thiophene (thiole) (C5);
NiO1: oxazole (C5), isoxazole (C5), isoxazine (C6);
N2Oi: oxadiazole (furazan) (C5);
N3Oi: oxatriazole (C5);
N1S1: thiazole (C5), isothiazole (C5); N2: imidazole (1, 3-diazole) (C5), pyrazole (1, 2-diazole) (C5), pyridazine (1, 2-diazine) (C6), pyrimidine (1, 3-diazine) (C6)
(e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1, 4-diazine) (C6);
N3: triazole (C5), triazine (C6); and,
N4: tetrazole (C5) . Examples of heterocyclic groups (some of which are also heteroaryl groups) which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to:
C9 heterocyclic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzofuran (O1), isobenzofuran (Oi) , indole (N1), isoindole (N1), indolizine (N1), indoline (N1), isoindoline (N1), purine (N4) (e.g., adenine, guanine), benzimidazole (N2), indazole (N2), benzoxazole (N1O1) , benzisoxazole (N1O1) , benzodioxole (O2) , benzofurazan (N2O1) , benzotriazole (N3) , benzothiofuran (S1) , benzothiazole (N1S1) , benzothiadiazole (N2S) ;
C10 heterocyclic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from chromene (O1) , isochromene (O1) , chroman (O1) , isochroman (O1) , benzodioxan (O2), quinoline (Ni), isoquinoline (N1), quinolizine (N1) , benzoxazine (N1O1) , benzodiazine (N2) , pyridopyridine (N2) , quinoxaline (N2) , quinazoline (N2) , cinnoline (N2) , phthalazine (N2), naphthyridine (N2), pteridine (N4) .
Heterocyclic groups (including heteroaryl groups) which have a nitrogen ring atom in the form of an -NH- group may be N-substituted, that is, as -NR-. For example, pyrrole may be N- methyl substituted, to give N-methylpyrrole. Examples of N- substitutents include, but are not limited to Ci-^alkyl, C3_20heterocyclyl, C5_2oaryl, and acyl groups.
Heterocyclic groups (including heteroaryl groups) which have a nitrogen ring atom in the form of an -N= group may be substituted in the form of an N-oxide, that is, as -N(→0)= (also denoted -N+(→O~)=) . For example, quinoline may be substituted to give quinoline N-oxide; pyridine to give pyridine N-oxide; benzofurazan to give benzofurazan N-oxide (also known as benzofuroxan) .
Cyclic groups may additionally bear one or more oxo (=0) groups on ring carbon atoms .
Amino: -NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C^16 alkyl group (also referred to as Ci_16 alkylamino or di-Ci_i6 alkylamino) , a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably H or a Ci_7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Amino groups may be primary (-NH2) , secondary (-NHR1) , or tertiary (- NHR1R2) , and in cationic form, may be quaternary (-^NR1R2R3) . Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHC(CH3)2, -N(CH3J2, -N (CH2CH3) 2, and -NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
Alkylene: The term "alkylene," as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, either both from the same carbon atom, or one from each of two different carbon atoms, of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified) , which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Thus, the term "alkylene" includes the sub-classes alkenylene, alkynylene, cycloalkylene, etc.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., Ci_4, Cχ-6, Ci-I6, C2-7, C^, etc.) denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms. For example, the term "C1-I5 alkylene, " as used herein, pertains to an alkylene group having from 1 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of groups of alkylene groups include Ci_4 alkylene ("lower alkylene"), C^6 alkylene, and C1-I2 alkylene.
Examples of linear saturated C1-X6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -(CH2Jn- where n is an integer from 1 to 12, for example, -CH2- (methylene), -CH2CH2- (ethylene), -CH2CH2CH2- (propylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2- (butylene) , -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (hexylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (dodecylene) and -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (hexadecylene) . Examples of branched saturated Ci_6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(CH3)-, -CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)CH2-, and -CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-.
Examples of linear partially unsaturated Ci_6 alkylene groups include, but is not limited to, -CH=CH- (vinylene) , -CH=CH-CH2-, -CH2-CH=CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH=CH-, and -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-CH=CH-.
Examples of branched partially unsaturated Ci_6 alkylene groups include, but is not limited to, -C (CH3J=CH-, -C(CH3J=CH-CH2-, and -CH=CH-CH(CH3)-.
Examples of alicyclic saturated C^6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentylene (e.g., cyclopent-1, 3-ylene) , and cyclohexylene (e.g., cyclohex-1, 4-ylene) .
Examples of alicyclic partially unsaturated C1.6 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenylene (e.g., 4- cyclopenten-1, 3-ylene) , cyclohexenylene (e.g., 2-cyclohexen-l, 4- ylene; 3-cyclohexen-l, 2-ylene; 2, 5-cyclohexadien-l, 4-ylene) .
Arylene: The term "arylene, " as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, one from each of two different aromatic ring atoms of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified) . Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, more preferably from 5 to 6 atoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., C5_io, C5-7, C5_6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5_6arylene, " as used herein, pertains to an arylene group having 5 or 6 ring atoms . Examples of groups of arylene groups include C5_iOarylene, C5_-,arylene, C5-5arylene, C5arylene, and C6arylene. The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboarylene groups" (e.g., C5_10carboarylene) .
Examples of C5-ioarylene groups which do not have ring heteroatoms (i.e., C5_10 carboarylene groups) include, but are not limited to, those derived from the compounds discussed above in regard to carboaryl groups.
Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroarylene groups" (e.g., C5-I0 heteroarylene) .
Examples of C5_i0 heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from the compounds discussed above in regard to heteroaryl groups .
Arylene-alkylene: The term "arylene-alkylene, " as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety comprising an arylene moiety, -Arylene-, linked to an alkylene moiety, -Alkylene-, that is, -Arylene-Alkylene-.
Examples of arylene-alkylene groups include, e.g., C5.10arylene-Ci-16alkylene, such as, for example, phenylene- methylene, phenylene-ethylene, phenylene-propylene, and phenylene-ethenylene (also known as phenylene-vinylene) .
Alkylene-arylene: The term "alkylene-arylene, " as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety comprising an alkylene moiety, -Alkylene-, linked to an arylene moiety, -Arylene-, that is, -Alkylene-Arylene-.
Examples of alkylene-arylene groups include, e.g., Ci-i6alkylene-C5-i0arylene, such as, for example, methylene- phenylene, ethylene-phenylene, propylene-phenylene, and ethenylene-phenylene (also known as vinylene-phenylene) . Alkylene and alkyl groups may be "optionally interrupted" by one or more N(R) heterogroups or 0 heteroatoms .
The phrase "optionally interrupted", as used herein, pertains to an alkyl or alkylene group, as above, which may be uninterrupted or which may be interrupted by a multivalent heteroatom such as boron, silicon, nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, sulfur, and selenium (more commonly nitrogen and oxygen) .
For example, a C1-I5 alkyl group such as n-butyl may be interrupted by an N(R) heterogroup as follows: -N(R)CH2CH2CH2CH3, -CH2N(R)CH2CH2CH3, -CH2CH2N(R)CH2CH3, or -CH2CH2CH2N(R)CH3. Similarly, a C1-X5 alkylene group such as n-butylene may be interrupted by an N(R) heterogroup as follows: -N(R)CH2CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2N(R)CH2CH2CH2- , -CH2CH2N(R)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2N(R)CH2- or -CH2CH2CH2CH2N(R)-. Typically, R is H or optionally substituted alkyl.
The term "hetero, " as used herein, pertains to compounds and/or groups which have at least one heteroatom, for example, multivalent heteroatoms (which are also suitable as ring heteroatoms) such as boron, silicon, nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, sulfur, and selenium (more commonly nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur) and monovalent heteroatoms, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
"Optionally substituted":
The phrase "optionally substituted", as used herein, pertains to a group, as above, which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted by one of the following substituent groups or one of the groups listed above:
Oxo (keto, -one) : =0.
Halo: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
Hydroxy: -OH. Ether: -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group (also referred to as a Ci_7 alkoxy group, discussed below) , a C3_7 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C3_7 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C5_7 aryl group (also referred to as a C5_7 aryloxy group), preferably a Cχ-7 alkyl group.
Ci_7 alkoxy: -OR, wherein. R is a C\-η alkyl group. Examples of Ci_7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OMe (methoxy) , -OEt (ethoxy) , -O(nPr) (n-propoxy) , -O(iPr) (isopropoxy) , -O(nBu) (n-butoxy) , -O(sBu) (sec-butoxy) , -O(iBu) (isobutoxy) , and -O(tBu) (tert-butoxy) .
Thione (thioketone) : =S.
Imino (imine) : =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen, Ci-7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-.-? alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, =NEt, and =NPh.
Formyl (carbaldehyde, carboxaldehyde) : -C(=O)H.
Acyl (keto) : -C(=O)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, a Ci-7 alkyl group (also referred to as Ci_7 alkylacyl or Ci_7 alkanoyl) , a C3.7 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C3_7 heterocyclylacyl) , or a C5-7 aryl group (also referred to as C5_7 arylacyl) , preferably a Ci-7 alkyl group. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)CH3 (acetyl), -C (=0) CH2CH3 (propionyl) , -C (=0) C (CH3) 3 (t-butyryl) , and -C(=O)Ph (benzoyl, phenone) .
Carboxy (carboxylic acid) : -C(=O)OH.
Thiocarboxy (thiocarboxylic acid) : -C(=S)SH.
Thiolocarboxy (thiolocarboxylic acid) : -C(=O)SH. Thionocarboxy (thionocarboxylic acid) : -Cf=S)OH.
Imidic acid: -C(=NH)OH.
Hydroxamic acid: -C (=0)NH(OH) .
Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl) : -C(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a CV7 alkyl group, a C3-7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a C1--? alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -C (=0) OCH3, -C(=0)OCH2CH3, -C (=0) OC (CH3)3, and -C(=O)OPh.
Acyloxy (reverse ester) : -OC (=0) R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3-7 heterocyclyl group, or a CS-7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OC (=0) CH3 (acetoxy), -OC (=0) CH2CH3, -OC (=0) C (CH3) 3, -OC(=O)Ph, and -OC (=0) CH2Ph.
Oxycarboyloxy: -OC(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1^7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -OC (=0) OCH3, -OC (=0) OCH2CH3, -OCf=O)OC (CH3) 3, and -OCf=O)OPh.
Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide) : -C(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -Cf=O)NH2, -Cf=O)NHCH3, -Cf=O)N (CH3) 2, -Cf=O)NHCH2CH3, and -C (=0)N(CH2CH3) 2, as well as amido groups in which R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinocarbonyl. Αcylamido (acylamino) : -NR1C (=0)R2, wherein R1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C^7 alkyl group, a C3.7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a Ci_7 alkyl group, and R2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1.-? alkyl group. Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited to, -NHC (=0) CH3 , -NHC(=0)CH2CH3, and -NHC(=0) Ph. R1 and R2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
Figure imgf000025_0001
succinimidyl maleimidyl phthalimidyl
Thioamido (thiocarbamyl) : -C(=S)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=S)NH2, -C(=S)NHCH3, -C (=S)N(CH3)2, and -C (=S)NHCH2CH3.
Ureido: -N (R1)CONR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a Cχ_7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH2, -NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe2, -NHCONEt2, -NMeCONH2, -NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe2, and -NMeCONEt2.
Guanidino: -NH-C (=NH)NH2.
Tetrazolyl: a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom,
Figure imgf000026_0001
Amidine (amidino) : -C(=NR)NR2, wherein each R is an amidine substituent, for example, hydrogen, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3-7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-7 aryl group, preferably H or a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of amidine groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=NH)NH2, -C (=NH)NMe2, and -C (=NMe)NMe2.
Nitro: -NO2.
Nitroso: -NO.
Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile) : -CN.
Isocyano: -NC.
Thiocyano (thiocyanato) : -SCN.
Sulfhydryl (thiol, mercapto) : -SH.
Thioether (sulfide) : -SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group (also referred to as a Ci_7 alkylthio group) , a C3.7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of Ci_7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH3 and -SCH2CH3.
Disulfide: -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3.7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as Ci_7 alkyl disulfide) . Examples of Ci_7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH3 and -SSCH2CH3.
Sulfine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide) : -S(=O)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfine groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)CH3 and -S (=0) CH2CH3.
SuIfone (sulfonyl) : -Sf=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C1-? alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a C1^ alkyl group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated C1.-? alkyl group. Examples of sulfone groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2CH3 (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=O)2CF3 (triflyl) , -Sf=O)2CH2CH3 (esyl), -Sf=O)2C4F9 (nonaflyl) , -S (=0) 2CH2CF3 (tresyl), -S(O)2CH2CH2NH2 (tauryl), -S(=O)2Ph (phenylsulfonyl, besyl) , 4- methylphenylsulfonyl (tosyl), 4-chlorophenylsulfonyl (closyl), 4-bromophenylsulfonyl (brosyl), 4-nitrophenyl (nosyl), 2-naphthalenesulfonate (napsyl) , and 5-dimethylamino-naphthalen- 1-ylsulfonate (dansyl) .
SuIfinic acid (sulfino) : -S(=O)OH, -SO2H.
Sulfonic acid (sulfo) : -Sf=O)2OH, -SO3H.
Sulfinate (sulfinic acid ester) : -Sf=O)OR; wherein R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a C1.-? alkyl group. Examples of sulfinate groups include, but are not limited to, -Sf=O)OCH3 (methoxysulfinyl; methyl sulfinate) and -Sf=O)OCH2CH3 (ethoxysulfinyl; ethyl sulfinate) .
Sulfonate (sulfonic acid ester) : -S(=O)2OR, wherein R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a CX-7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonate groups include, but are not limited to, -Sf=O)2OCH3 (methoxysulfonyl; methyl sulfonate) and -Sf=O)2OCH2CH3 (ethoxysulfonyl; ethyl sulfonate) .
Sulfinyloxy: -OSf=O)R, wherein R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a Ci-7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a C1-.7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfinyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OS (=0) CH3 and -OS (=0) CH2CH3.
Sulfonyloxy: -OS(=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Cx_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)2CH3 (mesylate) and -OSf=O)2CH2CH3 (esylate) .
Sulfate: -OS(=O)2OR; wherein R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-7 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfate groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)2OCH3 and -SO (=0) 2OCH2CH3.
Sulfamyl (sulfamoyl; sulfinic acid amide; sulfinamide) : -Sf=O)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamyl groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)NH2, -S (=0)NH(CH3) , -S (=O)N(CH3)2, -S (=0JNH(CH2CH3), -S (=0)N (CH2CH3) 2, and -S (=0)NHPh.
Sulfonamido (sulfinamoyl; sulfonic acid amide; sulfonamide) : -Sf=O)2NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfonamido groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2NH2,
-S (=0) 2NH(CH3) , -S (=0) 2N(CH3) 2, -Sf=O)2NH(CH2CH3), -S (=0) 2N (CH2CH3) 2, and -S(=O)2NHPh.
Sulfamino: -NR1S (=0) 20H, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2OH and -N (CH3) S (=0) 20H.
Sulfonamino: -NR1S (=0) 2R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3_7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2CH3 and -N(CH3)S(=O)2C6H5.
SuIfinamino: -NR1S (=0) R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a Ci_7 alkyl group, a C3-7 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_7 arvl group, preferably a C1-V alkyl group. Examples of sulfinamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS (=0) CH3 and -N(CH3)S(=O)C6H5.
Phosphino (phosphine) : -PR2, wherein R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, a C3-7heterocyclyl group, or a C5-i0aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, or a C5_10aryl group. Examples of phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH2, -P(CH3J2, -P(CH2CH3J2, -P(t-Bu)2, and -P(Ph)2.
Phospho: -P(=0)2.
Phosphinyl (phosphine oxide) : -Pf=O)R2, wherein R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a Ci_7alkyl group, a C3_7heterocyclyl group, or a C5-.i0aryl group, preferably a Ci_7alkyl group or a C5-i0aryl group. Examples of phosphinyl groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=0) (CH3)2, -P(=0) (CH2CH3)2, -P(=O) (t-Bu)2, and -P(=0) (Ph)2.
Phosphonic acid (phosphono) : -P(=0) (OH)2.
Phosphonate (phosphono ester) : -P(=0) (OR)2, where R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a Cχ_7alkyl group, a C3_7heterocyclyl group, or a C5_10aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, or a C5-i0aryl group. Examples of phosphonate groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=0) (OCH3J2, -P (=0) (OCH2CH3) 2, -P(=0) (O-t-Bu)2, and -P (=0) (OPh) 2.
Phosphoric acid (phosphonooxy) : -OP (=0) (OH) 2- Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester) : -OP (=0) (OR)2, where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, a C3_7heterocyclyl group, or a C5.10aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, or a C5-.i0aryl group. Examples of phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, -OP (=0) (OCH3)2, -OP (=0) (OCH2CH3)2, -OP(=0) (O-t-Bu)2, and -OP(=0) (OPh) 2.
Phosphorous acid: -OP(OH)2.
Phosphite: -OP(OR)2, where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, a C3_7heterocyclyl group, or a C5_10aryl group, preferably -H, a Cχ_7alkyl group, or a C5-.10aryl group. Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH3J2, -OP (OCH2CH3) 2, -OP (O-t-Bu) 2, and -OP(OPh)2.
Phosphoramidite: -OP (OR1) -NR2 2, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C^alkyl group, a C3_7heterocyclyl group, or a C5_i0aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci-7alkyl group, or a C5-10aryl group. Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to,
-OP (OCH2CH3) -N (CH3) 2, -OP (OCH2CH3) -N (i-Pr) 2, and -OP (OCH2CH2CN) -N(i- Pr)2.
Phosphoramidate: -OP (=0) (OR1)-NR2 2, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidate substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) Ci-7alkyl group, a C3-7heterocyclyl group, or a C5-10aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci_7alkyl group, or a C5-10aryl group. Examples of phosphoramidate groups include, but are not limited to, -OP (=0) (OCH2CH3) -N (CH3) 2, -OP (=0) (OCH2CH3) -N (i-Pr) 2, and -OP(=O) (OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-Pr)2.
Includes Other Forms
Unless otherwise specified, included in the above are the well known ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of these rsubstituents . For example, a reference to .carboxylic acid
(-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO") , a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms such as esters. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N+HR1R2) , a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group. Similarly, a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-0" ) , a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms of a hydroxyl group.
Quaternary forms (-N1R1R2R3, -IStR1R2-, >N1'R1-) and cationic derivatives
The polymeric compounds of formulae I, III and IV described herein generally contain nitrogen atoms at various positions therein, including within terminal amino groups, e.g. R-NH2; and within internal groups such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within the polymer structure, e.g. R-N(H)-R'; and at the intersection of a polymer branch, e.g. R-N (-R') -R", wherein R, R' and R" may be alkylene groups as defined herein, for example.
In each case, reference to such a nitrogen atom, or to an amine or amino group containing such a nitrogen atom, includes the cationic derivative thereof. This includes derivatisation by protonation, e.g. by conversion of -NH2, -NH-, or -N< to -N+H3, -N+H2- or -N+H< respectively; and by alkylation, e.g. by conversion of -NH2, -NH-, or -N< to -N+RH2, - N+RH-, >N+R- respectively, wherein R is an alkyl group as defined herein: preferably R is a methyl group. Thus, reference to such a nitrogen atom or amino or amine group includes the quaternary cationic derivative thereof. Thus, the compounds defined herein for use in the present invention include quaternary cationic derivatives thereof, which may include groups such as the termainal group -N+R1R2R3, and the internal groups -N+R1R2- (bidentate) , and >N+R1- (tridentate) , wherein R1, R2 and R3 are preferably alkyl groups as defined herein. Various methods for synthesising quaternary cationic derivatives of, nitrogen containing groups such as amine and amino groups are known to the skilled person, as described below and in WO 03/033027.
Isomers, Salts, Solvates and Protected Forms Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-foritιs; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L- forms; d~ and 1-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal- forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms") .
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers, " as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space) . For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., Cχ~η alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl) .
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, _r nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
Figure imgf000033_0001
keto enol enolate
Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D) , and 3H (T) ; C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; 0 may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of thereof, for example, as discussed below.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the active compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts," J. Pharm. Sci., Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., -COOH may be -COO"), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al+3. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NHR3 +, NR4 +) . Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N (CH3) 4 +.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., -NH2 may be -NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the active compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono- hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the active compound in a chemically protected form. The term "chemically protected form" is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like) . In practice, well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions. In a chemically protected form, one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group) . By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999) .
A wide variety of such "protecting", "blocking", or "masking" methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis. For example, a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups, both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups "protected," and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group. After the desired reaction (involving the other functional group) is complete, the protected group may be "deprotected" to return it to its original functionality. For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (-0R) or an ester (-OC(=O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl (diphenylmethyl) , or trityl (triphenylmethyl) ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (-0C (=0) CH3, -OAc) .
For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R-CH(OR)2) or ketal (R2C(OR)2), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C=0) is converted to a diether (>C (OR)2), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRCO-R) or a urethane (-NRCO-OR) , for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH3); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH2C6H5, -NH- Cbz) ; as a t-butoxy amide (-NHC0-0C (CH3) 3, -NH-Boc) ; a 2-biphenyl- 2-propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC (CH3) 2C6H4C6H5, -NH-Bpoc) , as a 9- fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc) , as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc) , as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2, 2, 2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc) , as an allyloxy amide (-NH-Alloc) , as a 2 (-phenylsulfonyl) ethyloxy amide (-NH-Psec) ; or, in suitable cases (e.g., cyclic amines), as a nitroxide radical (>N-0« ) .
For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an Cχ_7 alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t- butyl ester); a Ci_7 haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C^trihaloalkyl ester) ; a triCi-7 alkylsilyl-Ci-7 alkyl ester; or a C5_7 aryl-Cχ-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (-SR) , for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (- S-CH2NHC(=O)CH3) . The term "treatment, " as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis) is also included.
The term "therapeutically-effective amount, " as used herein, pertains to that amount of an active compound, or a material, composition or dosage from comprising an active compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen. Suitable dose ranges will typically be in the range of from 0.01 to 20 mg/kg/day, preferably from 0.1 to 10 mg/kg/day.
Compositions and their administration
Compositions (e.g. pharmaceutical compositions) may be formulated for any suitable route and means of administration. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents include those used in formulations suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral
(including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, transdermal, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural) administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product. For solid compositions, conventional non-toxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like may be used. The active compound as defined above may be formulated as suppositories using, for example, polyalkylene glycols, acetylated triglycerides and the like, as the carrier. Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc, an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier, such as, for example, water, saline aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension. If desired, the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see
Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania, 15th Edition, 1975. The composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a quantity of the active compound(s) in an amount effective to alleviate the symptoms of the subject being treated.
Dosage forms or compositions containing active ingredient in the range of 0.25 to 95% with the balance made up from non-toxic carrier may be prepared.
For oral administration, a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic composition is formed by the incorporation of any of the normally employed excipients, such as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, sodium crosscarmellose, jstarch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talcum, glucose, sucrose, magnesium, carbonate, and the like. Such compositions take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations and the like. Such compositions may contain l%-95% active ingredient, more preferably 2-50%, most preferably 5-8%.
Parenteral administration is generally characterized by injection, either subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like. In addition, if desired, the pharmaceutical compositions to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, etc.
The percentage of active compound contained in such parental compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject. However, percentages of active ingredient of 0.1% to 10% in solution are employable, and will be higher if the composition is a solid which will be subsequently diluted to the above percentages. Preferably, the composition will comprise 0.2-2% of the active agent in solution.
Acronyms
For convenience, many chemical moieties are represented using well known abbreviations, including but not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), n-propyl (nPr) , iso-propyl (iPr) , n-butyl
(nBu) , sec-butyl (sBu), iso-butyl (iBu) , tert-butyl (tBu) , n- hexyl (nHex) , cyclohexyl (cHex) , phenyl (Ph), biphenyl (biPh) , benzyl (Bn) , naphthyl (naph) , methoxy (MeO) , ethoxy (EtO) , benzoyl (Bz), and acetyl (Ac) .
For convenience, many chemical compounds are represented using well known abbreviations, including but not limited to, methanol (MeOH), ethanol (EtOH), iso-propanol (i-PrOH) , methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) , ether or diethyl ether (Et2O) , acetic acid (AcOH) , dichloromethane (methylene chloride, DCM) , acetonitrile (ACN) , trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) , dimethylformamide (DMF) , tetrahydrofuran (THF), and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) .
Polyethylenimine (PEI)
The compound of formula I of the first and third aspects of the invention may be a polyethylenimine compound.
Polyethylenimine (PEI) is an aliphatic polyamine characterized by the repeating chemical unit denoted as -(CH2-CH2-NH)-.
PEI may be branched or linear. Preferably, the PEI used in the present invention is linear PEI. However, the use of branched PEI is also envisaged.
The amine groups of PEI exist in primary, secondary and tertiary form. In its branched form, primary, secondary and tertiary amine groups exist in the approximate ratio of 1:2:1 with a branching site every 3-3.5 nitrogen atoms along any given chain segment.
The primary amine groups are chain-terminating units, and are the most basic and chemically reactive. Branched PEI is commercially available. For example, branched PEI having a molecular weight of 25 kDa is available from Aldrich, and is described in Cancer
Gene Therapy (2002) 9, 673-680.
However, PEI with fewer branching sites is also known, and linear PEI is described in J. Controlled Release 91 (2003) 201-208, and in Cancer Gene Therapy (2002) 9, 673-680. Linear PEI having a molecular weight of 22 kD is commercially available from Helena Biosciences, UK, and St. Leon-Rot, Germany.
PEI has a wide molecular weight range, for example, PEI molecular weights ranging from 300 daltons to 800 kD are known. Additionally, PEI is a cationic polymer, characterized by a high charge density at neutral pH (pH 7) . For example, the cationic charge density of PEI may be in excess of 20 meq/g. Thus, PEI is positively charged at physiological pH (generally considered to be 7.4) .
As the molecular weight of PEI increases, the polymer structure is believed to assume a characteristic spherical configuration. This implies that there are charged nitrogen groups both on the surface and in the sterically protected interior of the molecule. PEIs are produced commercially as viscous liquids, both in the anhydrous and aqueous solution form. The viscosity of PEI is directly proportional to its concentration and molecular weight. PEIs are infinitely soluble in most polar materials including water, alcohols, glycols and certain organic solvents. Anhydrous PEIs will generate considerable heat upon aqueous dissolution due to an exothermic heat of dilution.
The most prominent feature of PEI is its extremely high cationic charge density. The repeating monomer unit contains one protonatable nitrogen atom for every unit weight of 42. By theory, supported in practice by titrimetric analytical measurements, PEI has the highest cationic charge density (20-25 milliequivalents per gram) of any known organic polymer. Since
PEI does not normally contain an appreciable amount of quaternary groups, it achieves its cationicity through protonation of the amine groups from the surrounding medium. This leads to a correlation between pH and cationic charge density. However, adhesive strength is not often affected in non-protonated environments because hydrogen bonding and Van der Waal's forces also participate in the bonding mechanism.
PEI may be derivatised to contain cationic quaternary ammonium groups. For example, the terminal amino groups of PEI may be converted to a quaternary form in which three alkyl groups as defined herein are covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group. Preferably, substantially only the terminal (primary) amino groups are converted to the quaternary form. However, in other embodiments, conversion of amino groups other than the terminal amino groups, i.e. internal (secondary and tertiary) amino groups, to the corresponding quaternary forms is also envisaged.
Dendrimers
The compounds of formula III of the second aspect of the invention are dendrimer compounds.
Dendrimer synthesis is a field of polymer chemistry defined by regular, highly branched monomers leading to a monodisperse, tree-like or generational structure.
Synthesizing monodisperse polymers demands a high level of synthetic control which is achieved through stepwise reactions, building the dendrimer up one monomer layer, or "generation," at a time. Thus, each dendrimer used in the present invention, consists of a multifunctional core molecule with a dendritic wedge attached to each functional site of the core. The functional sites of the core may be amino groups, for example. Preferably, each of the dendritic wedges is covalently bonded to a core functional atom of the functional site of the core. If the core functional sites are amino groups, then the core functional atoms are the nitrogen atoms of the amino groups, and each dendritic wedge is bonded to a nitrogen atom of the core. Similarly, if the core functional sites are phosphine groups, phosphate groups or other phosphorus-containing functional groups (e.g. derived from one of the phosphorus-containing substituents defined above) , then the core functional atoms could be the phosphorus atoms of the phosphorus-containing groups, and each dendritic wedge, would be bonded to a phosphorus atom of the core. Of course, cores containing other types of functional atoms may also be used in the dendrimers employed in the present invention, such as cores with C, S or 0 functional atoms, or wherein the functional atoms are other heteroatoms . The core molecule is referred to as "generation 0." Each successive repeat unit along all branches forms the next generation, "generation 1," "generation 2," and so on until the nth terminating generation.
There are two defined methods of dendrimer synthesis, divergent and convergent. In the divergent method the molecule is assembled from the core to the periphery; while in the convergent method, the dendrimer is synthesized beginning from the outside and terminating the core. Generally, in either method the synthesis requires a stepwise process, attaching one generation to the last, purifying, and attaching the next generation.
Diaminobutane (DAB) polypropylenimine (PPI) dendrimers
The compounds of formula III of the second aspect of the invention may be polypropylenimine (PPI) dendrimer compounds based on the polypropylenimine repeat unit - (CH2-CH2-CH2-N) <, wherein the N atoms of the repeat units of a given generation are covalently bonded to two repeat units of the next generation, as follows:
Figure imgf000043_0001
generation n generation n+1
Many commercially available PPI dendrimers are based on a 1,4- diaminobutane core, and are thus referred to as "DAB" dendrimers. Such PPI DAB dendrimers are described in the published PCT application WO 03/033027, and in Pharmaceutical Research (2004).- VoI. 21, No. 3, 458-466. Such dendrimers are commercially available from Aldrich ( Poole , UK) : see http : / /www . s igmaaldrich . com/img/as sets / 12141 /Dendrimers_macro32_l
4 . pdf
Such DAB dendrimers are referred to as DAB prefixed to the number of surface amine groups. Thus, DAB 4, is a generation 1 dendrimer with four -CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2 units covalently bonded to the two nitrogen atoms of the 1, 4-diaminobutane core, as follows:
Figure imgf000044_0001
Similarly, DAB 8 is a generation 2 dendrimer with eight
-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2 units covalently bonded to the four terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 4, as follows:
Figure imgf000044_0002
Similarly, DAB 16 is a generation 3 dendrimer with sixteen -CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2 units covalently bonded to the eight terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 8, as follows:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Similarly, DAB 32 is a generation 4 dendrimer with 32 -CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2 units covalently bonded to the sixteen terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 16, and DAB 64 is a generation 5 dendrimer with 64 -CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2 units covalently bonded to the 32 terminal nitrogen atoms of DAB 32.
Polypropylenimine (PPI) dendrimers contain protonatable nitrogens in the form of amine groups (both surface primary amino groups and internal amine groups) . Thus, the PPI dendrimers used in the present invention, such as the "DAB" dendrimers described above, are cationic, and have an overall cationic (positive) charge at neutral pH (pH 7) . Thus, the PPI dendrimers used in the present invention are positively charged at physiological pHs of around 7 (e.g. 7.4) . These dendrimers do not normally contain an appreciable amount of quaternary groups. Thus, they achieve their cationicity through protonation of the amine groups from the surrounding medium. This leads to a correlation between pH and cationic charge density.
However,.. PPI dendrimers such as the commercially available DAB dendrimers DAB4, DAB8, DAB16, DAB32 and DAB64 may be quaternised (as described below, under "synthesis of quaternised DABs") . Thus, PPI dendrimers may be derivatised to contain cationic quaternary ammonium groups .
It is preferable that the terminal amino groups (e.g. -NRR', where R and R' are independently H or alkyl as defined herein) of the PPI dendrimers are converted to a quaternary form in which three alkyl groups as defined herein are covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group. Preferably, these alkyl groups are methyl groups. Preferably, substantially only the terminal amino groups are converted to the quaternary form. However, in other embodiments, conversion of non-terminal (internal) amino groups to the corresponding quaternary form is envisaged.
DAB dendrimers, such as DAB4, DAB8, DAB16, DAB32 and DAB64 may be quaternarised such that the terminal amino groups are converted to the quaternary form. An example is QDAB16, which is described in WO 03/033027 and has the following structure:
Figure imgf000046_0001
QDAB4, QDAB8, QDAB16, QDAB32 and QDAB64 have analogous structures. It is particularly preferred that DAB8 is used in the present invention in the quaternary form, thus QDAB8 is more preferable than DAB8. This is because quaternised DAB8 has a lower in vivo toxicity than non-quaternised DAB8.
The synthesis and structure of DAB PPI dendrimers is further described in WO 03/033027.
Polyamidoamine (PAMAM) dendrimers
The compounds of formula III of the second aspect of the invention may be PAMAM dendrimer compounds based on the amidoamine repeat unit - (CH2-CH2-C (=0) -N (H) -CH2-CH2-N) <, wherein the amine N atoms (as opposed to the amido N atoms) of the repeat units of a given generation are covalently bonded to two repeat units of the next generation, as follows:
Figure imgf000047_0001
generation n generation n+1
PAMAM dendrimers are commercially available (e.g. from Sigma- Aldrich) , and core structures of these dendrimers include ethylenediamine, 1, 4-diaminobutane, 1, 6-diaminohexane, 1,12- diaminododecane. For details of commercially available PAMAM dendrimers, see: http: //www. sigmaaldrich.com/img/assets/12141/Dendrimers_macro32_l 4.pdf and http: //www. sigmaaldrich.com/Area_of_Interest/Chemistry/Materials_
Science/Nanomaterials/Dendrimers .html
A generation 0 PAMAM dendrimer with a core structure based on ethylene diamine is shown below:
Figure imgf000048_0001
An example of a generation 1 PAMAM dendrimer is when eight -(CH2-CH2-Ct=O) -N(H) -CH2-CH2-N)< units are covalently bonded to the four terminal nitrogen atoms of the generation 0 dendrimer shown above. Similarly, a generation 2 PAMAM dendrimer with a core structure based on ethylenediamine is shown below, in which sixteen amidoamine units are bonded to the eight terminal nitrogen atoms of the generation 1 dendrimer described above:
Figure imgf000048_0002
PAMAM dendrimers having generation numbers in the range 0 to 10 are commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich.
PAMAM dendrimers may be based on a variety of different core molecules. These include diaminoalkane molecules such as ethylenediamine and 1, 4-diaminobutane which both yield dendrimers with 4-fold core geometry. However, core molecules can also be (or be derived from) ammonia or tris (2-aminoethyl) amine (TAEA), which yield dendrimers with a 3-fold core geometry. The synthesis of PAMAM dendrimers based on a variety of different core geometries is described in Bioconjugate Chem. (1996) 7, 703- 714.
The PAMAM dendrimers used in the present invention are cationic, and have an overall cationic (positive) charge at neutral pH (pH 7) . Thus, the PAMAM dendrimers used in the present invention are positively charged at physiological pH (e.g. 7.4) . These dendrimers do not normally contain an appreciable amount of quaternary groups. Thus, they achieve their cationicity through protonation of the amine groups from the surrounding medium. This leads to a correlation between pH and cationic charge density.
However, the terminal amino groups of the PAMAM dendrimers may be converted to a quaternary form in which three alkyl groups as defined herein are covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of each terminal amino group. Preferably, these alkyl groups are methyl groups. Preferably, substantially only the terminal amino groups are convered to the quaternary form. However, in other embodiments, conversion of non-terminal (internal) amino groups to the corresponding quaternary forms is envisaged.
PAMAM dendrimers may be derivatised with surface groups such as optionally substituted C1-I6 alkyl groups as defined herein, which are optionally interrupted with one or more heteroatoms or heterogroups, including other forms such as salts or derivatives thereof. Examples of such groups include amidoethylethanolamine, hexylamide, succinamic acid, Tris (hydroxymethyl) amidomethane, amidoethanol, amino and carboxylate (e.g. sodium carboxylate) groups. PAMAM dendrimers with these exemplified surface groups are available from Sigma-Aldrich.
A further example of a PAMAM dendrimer compound for use in the present invention is SuperFect, which is an activated, spherical PAMAM dendrimer that possesses radiating branches with charged terminal amino groups, and is commercially available from Quiagen. See: http: //wwwl.qiagen.com/Products/Transfection/TransfectionReagents /SuperFectTransfectionReagent.aspx
See also the SuperFect transfection reagent handbook at: http: //wwwl .qiagen.com/literature/handbooks/PDF/Transfection/TF_S uperFect/1023348_HB_SF_1202.pdf See also Tang, M. X. and F. C. Szoka (1997) . "The influence of polymer structure on the interactions of cationic polymers with DNA and morphology of the resulting complexes." Gene Therapy 4(8) : 823-832; and US 5,990,089 "Self-assembling polynucleotide delivery system comprising dendrimer polycations".
Reference to the dendrimer compounds of formula III, for use in the second aspect of the invention (as active agents in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation) , includes activated or fractured (e.g. heat fractured) derivatives thereof, including activated SuperFect or fractured SuperFect, which is commercially available from Quiagen.
Dendrimers for use in the present invention can be modified by covalently binding derivatising groups, such as hydrophobic or hydrophilic groups, or a combination of hydrophobic and hydrophilic substitutions to make the dendrimers amphiphilic. Such groups may be attached to the surface of a dendrimer. Additionally, two dendrimer molecules may be attached to either end of a hydrocarbon chain with a carbon length of 8, 12, 14, 16 or 18 carbon atoms to give bolamphiphilic dendrimers. The number of derivatising groups may vary from one derivatising group per dendrimer molecule up to and including derivatising all available surface or terminal groups on the dendrimer molecule, for example, derivatising all 8 surface groups of the DAB8 molecule or all 16 surface groups of the DAB16 molecule. An example of a preferred derivatising group is hyaluronic acid. Derivatising dendrimer molecules is described in WO 03/033027.
General Synthesis Methods
Methods for the chemical synthesis of compounds for use in the present invention are described herein. These methods may be modified and/or adapted in known ways in order to facilitate the synthesis of additional compounds within the scope of the present invention. Descriptions of general laboratory methods and procedures, useful for the preparation of the compounds of the present invention, are described in Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry (5th edition, Ed. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., Smith, P.W.G., Tatchell, A.R., Longmann, UK) .
In the methods described below, other substituent groups to those introduced may be present as precursors of those groups, or as protected versions of those groups.
Dendrimer compounds of formula III can be prepared in a stepwise fashion from simple monomer units, the nature and functionality of which can be easily controlled and varied. Dendrimers are synthesised by the repeated addition of building blocks to a multifunctional core (divergent approach to synthesis) or towards a multifunctional core (convergent approach to synthesis), and each addition of a 3-dimensional shell of building blocks leads to the formation of a higher generation of the dendrimers. See Bosman, A.W. et al. (1999) "About dendrimers: structure, physical properties, and applications" Chem. Rev. 99, 1665-1688.
Polypropylenimine dendrimers may start from a diaminoalkane core (e.g. 1, 4-diaminobutane) to which is added twice the number of amino groups by a Michael addition of acrylonitrile to the primary amines followed by the hydrogenation of the nitriles. This results in a doubling of the amino groups. See De Brabander- van den Berg, E.M.M. et al. (1993) "Poly(propylene imine) dendrimers: large scale synthesis by heterogeneously catalysed hydrogenations" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 32, 1308-1311. The synthesis of PAMAM dendrimers involves the stepwise, exhaustive addition of two monomers, methacrylate and ethylenediamine. Two methacrylate monomers add to each bifunctional ethylenediamine, leading to increasingly branched structures with each cycle or generation. Scheme 1 below shows the stepwise addition of methacrylate and ethylenediamine to ammonia, tris- (2-aminoethyl) amine and ethylenediamine cores (each of which are examples of core molecules) to synthesis PAMAM dendrimers having three- and four-fold core geometries. The synthesis of dendrimers according to this principle is described in Bioconjugate Chem. (1996) 7, 703-714 and by Tomalia, D.A. et al. "A new class of polymers: Starburst-dendritic macromolecules" Polymer J. (1985) 17, 117-132 and Tomalia, D.A. et al. (1990) "Starburst dendrimers: Molecular-level control of size, shape, surface chemistry, topology, and flexibility from atoms to macroscopic matter" Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 29, 138-175.
Scheme 1
PAMAM dendrimer synthesis
(i) Ammonia-based core (3-fold core geometry)
Figure imgf000053_0002
Figure imgf000053_0001
generation 1
(ii) Tris(2-aminoethyl)amine-based core (3-fold core geometry)
N( (i), (ii) generation 1
Figure imgf000053_0003
(iii) Ethylenediamine-based core (4-fold core geometry)
2'N generation 1
Figure imgf000053_0004
Certain compounds for use in the present invention, such as polyethylenimine polymers (PEIs), and the PPI and PAMAM dendrimers (including SuperFect) , are commercially available or can be derived from such compounds. PEIs are produced commercially as viscous liquids, both in the anhydrous and aqueous solution form. Preferences
The following preferences may be combined with one another, and may be different for each aspect of the present invention.
Preferably, in formula III of the second aspect of the invention, the C1-X6 alkyl and Ci-I6 alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
Preferably, neither X nor X2 nor X3 of a given generation of the dendrimer is N(R2) when Y of that generation is N. N(R2) is as defined above in the second aspect of the invention.
Preferably, when Y of a given generation of the dendrimer is C(R1), X of that generation is selected from N(R2) and optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R2) groups. Additionally or alternatively, when Y of a given generation of the dendrimer is C(R1), both X2 and X3 of that generation are independently selected from N(R2) and optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R2) groups.
Preferably the generation number, n, of the dendrimer is in the range 1 to 10. More preferably, the generation number, n, is in the range 1 to 6.
It is preferred that Y is N in one or more of the generations of the dendrimer. For example, if n is 4, is is preferred that Y is N in at least one of the generations of the dendrimer. It is more preferred that Y is N in at least 2 of the generations of the dendrimer. It is even more preferred that Y is N in at least three of the generations of the dendrimer. It is most preferred that Y is N in all four of the generations of the dendrimer. This preference applies to other values of n: it is least preferred that Y is N in none of the generations, it is more preferred that Y is N in at least one of the generations, and so¬ on, until it is most preferred that Y is N in all of the generations .
Thus, preferably, Y is N in at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer: it is preferred that in most of the generations, the dendrimer branches at nitrogen atoms rather than carbon atoms.
Additionally or alternatively, it may be that in at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer, X is selected independently for each of said generations of the dendrimer from N(R2) and optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R2) groups. Thus, in this arrangement, most of the generations contain a nitrogen atom, even though Y may not be N in any, some or all of the generations. Additionally or alternatively, it may be that in at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer, X2 and X3 are independently selected, independently for each of said generations of the dendrimer, from N(R2) and optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkylene interrupted by one or more N(R2) groups. Again, in this arrangement, most of the generations contain a nitrogen atom, even though Y may not be N in any / some / all of the generations.
Preferably, in at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer, Y is N, X2 and X3 are single bonds, and X is selected from optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkylene groups independently for each of said at least 50% of the generations of the dendrimer, wherein said C1-X6 alkylene groups are independently optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups .
Preferably, Ti and T2 are independently selected from H, hydroxy, carboxy, halo and optionally substituted amino, amido, alkoxy, acyl, ester, Ci-I6 alkyl, C3_7 heterocyclyl, C5-I0 aryl, C5-I0 heteroaryl( Cx-I6 alkylene-NR3R4, C5-io arylene-NR3R4, Ci-16 alkylene- C5_io arylene-NR3R4, and C5-I0 arylene-Ci-i6 alkylene-NR3R4, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkyl and C5_10 aryl, wherein said Ci-I6 alkyl and Ci-16 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups . More preferably, Ti and T2 are independently selected from H, C1-I6 alkyl and C1-I6 alkylene-NR3R4, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkyl, wherein said Ci-iε alkyl and Ci_i6 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups .
Preferably Y of the nth generation is N, and X2 and X3 of the nth generation are single bonds, so that the dendrimer has terminal groups NT1T2. Here, the "nth generation" means the final generation of the dendrimer, to which the end groups T1 and T2 are bonded.
Preferably, the dendrimer has an overall cationic charge (i.e. it is positively charged overall) at physiological pH (e.g. pH 7.4) .
Preferably this overall cationic charge arises as a result of the dendrimer containing nitrogen atoms at various positions therein, including within terminal amino groups, e.g. L-NH2 or L-NR' 2 and/or within internal groups (denoted "internal nitrogen- containing groups") such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within a linear part of the polymer structure, e.g. L-N(H)-L' or L-N(R' ) -I/ ; or at the intersection of a polymer branch, e.g. L-N (-L') -L", wherein L, L' and L" may be alkylene groups as defined herein, and R' may be an alkyl group as defined herein, for example.
The terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups preferably have pKa' s which cause them to be protonated, and therefore cationic, at physiological pH. Preferably, terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups of the dendrimer have pKa' s above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12.
However, it may be that only terminal amino groups of the dendrimer (and not internal nitrogen-containing groups) have such preferable pKa values. Indeed, the pKa values of terminal amino groups would generally be expected to be within this preferred pKa range, and hence protonated and cationic at physiological pH. This is exemplified by the following pKa values (all in the range 9-11), which correspond to the pKa' s of the Ot-NH3 + groups of the following amino acids (see Stryer, L.; "Biochemistry"; Third Edition; W.H. Freeman and Company, New York; page 42; ISBN 0- 7167-1920-7) : Alanine, 9.9; Glycine, 9.8; Phenylalanine, 9.1; Serine, 9.1; Valine, 9.6; Aspartic acid, 10.0; Glutamic acid,
9.7; Histidine, 9.2; Cysteine, 10.8; Tyrosine, 9.1; Lysine, 9.2; and Arginine, 9.0.
Thus, it is preferred that the terminal groups or "surface groups" of the dendrimer (that is, groups that are bonded to or part of the final, nth generation of the dendrimer, or that are bonded to or part of the T1 and T2 groups) are predominantly cationic at physiological pH. Preferably these groups have pKa' s above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12. Preferably, these terminal groups include amino groups, which are cationic at physiological pH.
Preferably, the terminal groups of the dendrimer are not carboxyl groups, or do not comprise carboxyl groups, because carboxyl groups are generally anionic at physiological pH. Similarly, it is preferred that the terminal groups of the dendrimer do not comprise sulphonic acid groups, or naphthyl 3, 6-disulphonic acid groups, or salts thereof.
Although dendrimer compounds having carboxyl, sulphonic acid, or naphthyl 3, 6-disulphonic acid substituents are envisaged, it is preferable that the dendrimer retains a predominantly cationic charge (an overall positive charge) at physiological pH. Thus, it- is preferred that the dendrimer compounds described herein are not predominantly anionic (that is, they should not be negatively charged overall) at physiological pH. They carry more positive charges than negative charges at physiological pH.
Preferably, X2 and X3 are single bonds and Y is N so that the dendrimer compound is of the general formula IV:
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein m is an integer from 2 to 8; X is selected from Ci-I6 alkylene groups independently for each generation of the dendrimer; wherein each of said Ci_i6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups and optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
Preferably, said functional atoms of the core are selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, carbon or sulphur. More preferably each of said functional atoms of the core (to which the X groups of the first generation are bonded) is nitrogen.
Preferably, D is a hydrocarbon, such as a saturatued or unsaturated aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon or an aromatic hydrocarbon, (or a combination of said different types of hydrocarbons bonded to each other) wherein the hydrocarbon is optionally substituted, and optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms. Preferably said hydrocarbon has from 1 to 16 carbon atoms. Preferably said hydrocarbon comprises one or more substituent groups, selected or derived from the substituent groups defined herein. Preferably, each substituent group comprises a core functional atom that is bonded to one or more X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer. Preferably each core functional atom is bonded to one or two X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer. Preferably, the number of substituent groups is 2, 3 or 4, each comprising a core functional atom bonded to one or more (preferably one or two) X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer. Additionally or alternatively, the hydrocarbon itself may comprise core functional atoms, e.g. carbon core functional atoms that are part of the hydrocarbon structure and additionally bonded to one or more (preferably one or two) X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer, or heteroatoms by which the hydrocarbon structure is interrupted and which are additionally bonded to one or more (preferably one or two) X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
While it is preferable that D is an organic core molecule, as described above, inorganic core molecules are also envisaged. An example of an inorganic core is an alternating nitrogen- phosphorus heterocyclic ring structure, having phosphorus and/or nitrogen core functional atoms bonded to X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer.
Preferably, D is selected from the following core structures, in which the core functional atom is nitrogen:
* >-L-N: *
( i ) , wherein m is 4 and L is Cχ_16 alkylene ;
Figure imgf000060_0001
(ii) , wherein m is 6 and L1, L2 and L3 are independently selected from Ci-I6 alkylene groups;
Figure imgf000060_0002
(iii) wherein m is 8 and L4, L5, L6, L7 and L8 are independently selected from Ci_16 alkylene groups; and
Figure imgf000060_0003
I NH
L9
Figure imgf000060_0004
(iv) wherein m is 6; L9, L10 and L11 are independently selected from C^4 alkyl groups; and L12, L13 and L14 are independently selected from C1-I6 alkylene groups; wherein * represents a point of covalent attachment to an X group of the first generation, and wherein each of said Ci-I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups and optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
Preferably m is an integer from 4 to 8. Most preferably, m is 4 or 8. L, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L12, L13 and L14 may be independently selected from linear, unsubstituted C1-X2 alkylene groups, and L9, L10, L11 are independently selected from linear, unsubstituted Ci_4 alkyl groups.
*>-L-N:*
For example, when D is * * L may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, hexylene or dodecylene. Preferably, L is butylene.
Alternatively, D may be
* , wherein L1, L9, and L? may be selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene-C (O)N (R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16. Preferably, each of L1, L2 and L3 is - (CH2) 2-C (=0)N (H)- (CH2)2-, for example in a PAMAM dendrimer.
Alternatively, D may be
Figure imgf000061_0002
r wherein L4 is a linear unsubstituted C1-I2 alkylene group. L5, L6, L7 and L8 may be selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene-C (0)N(R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16. Preferably, each of L5, L6, L7 and L8 is - (CH2) 2-C(=0)N (H) -(CH2) 2-. L4 is preferably ethylene, propylene,,, butylene, hexylene or dodecylene. More preferably, L4 is ethylene, for example in a PAMAM dendrimer, or butylene, for example in a poly(propylenimine) (PPI) dendrimer.
Alternatively, D is
Figure imgf000062_0001
I NH
L9
Figure imgf000062_0002
; wherein L9, L10 and L11 are linear unsubstituted Ci_4 alkylene groups. Preferably, L12, L13 and L14 are selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene- C (O)N (R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16. Preferably, each of L12, L13 and L14 is - (CH2) 2- C (=0) N (H) - (CH2) 2-r for example in a PAMAM dendrimer. Preferably, each of L9, L10 and L11 is ethylene.
ernatively, D is * >-L-N:
Alt * , wherein m is 4 and L is selected from C5-10 arylene, C1-I5 alkylene-C5-i0 arylene, C1-I5 alkylene-C5-10 arylene-Ci-is alkylene-, or C5-I0 arylene-Ci_i5 alkylene-C5_i0 arylene.
Alternatively, D is a substituted C5_lo aryl group, wherein the substituents comprise the core functional atoms (e.g. nitrogen atoms) . For example, D may be
Figure imgf000062_0003
; a trisubstituted phenyl ring, wherein m is 6 and the three' substituents are either bonded respectively to the 1, 2, and 3 positions; the 1, 2 and 4 positions; or the 1, 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring. The phenyl ring may be optionally substituted at the other positions, with a substituent as defined herein.
In the above D groups, each nitrogen atom is bonded to two X groups of the first generation: accordingly, m is twice the number of core functional nitrogen atoms in each case. However, other core structures are envisaged, similar to those listed above, but wherein one or more of the core functional nitrogen atoms are (each) only bonded to one X group of the first generation of the dendrimer, rather than two X groups. Accordingly, in these alternative D groups m is less than twice the number number of core functional nitrogen atoms. In these alternative D groups, the nitrogen atoms not bonded to two X groups may be bonded instead to one X group and one substituent as defined herein (e.g. H or alkyl) .
While nitrogen core functional atoms are preferred, cores having other functional atoms bonded to the X groups of the first generation of the dendrimer are also envisaged. These core functional atoms may be heteroatoms such as phosphorus, sulphur, and oxygen; or carbon, for example. A combination of different types of core functional atoms may be employed in a single core structure, although it is preferable that the core functional atoms within a given core structure are the same type (e.g. all nitrogen, or all phosphorus) .
A phosphorus core functional atom may be part of a phosphine, phosphine oxide or phosphate group (or another group derived from one of the phosphorus-containing functional groups defined herein) which is bonded to or part of the core structure. For example, core structures similar to those listed above are envisaged, in which the terminal nitrogen atoms (the core functional atoms) are replaced with trivalent phosphorus atoms (- P<) , or peηtavalent phosphine oxide groups (-P(=0)<) .
Phosphorus-containing core structures are known in the art, and may be employed in the present invention. See http://www.dendrichem.com/uk/17.htm for examples of phophorus- containing core structures.
Similarly, a carbon core functional atom may be part of a carbonyl group, for example (or part of another group derived from one of the carbon-containing functional groups defined herein, including alkyl and aryl groups) which group is bonded to or part of the core structure. For example, core structures D having one or more terminal carbonyl groups are envisaged, wherein the carbonyl carbon is covalently attached to (a) the core structure, and (b) an X group of the first generation of the dendrimer, as follows : core-C(=0) -X
Similarly, oxygen core functional atoms may be part of carboxylic acid, ether or ester groups of the core structure, or part of other groups derived from the oxygen-containing functional groups defined herein, which groups are bonded to or part of the core structure, wherein the oxygen core functional atom is covalently attached to an X group of the first generation of the dendrimer.
Sulphur core functional atoms may be part of sulphur dioxide, -S (=0) 2~r groups for example, or other groups derived from one of the sulphur-containing functional groups defined herein. The group is bonded to or part of the core structure, and core structures similar to those listed above, except having terminal sulfur-containing groups, are envisaged, the sulphur atoms being bonded to an X group of the first generation of the dendrimer.
Preferably, X is either selected from unsubstituted, uninterrupted Ci-I6 alkylene groups (an example being a polyalkylenimine dendrimer such as a PPI dendrimer, or a DAB PPI dendrimer) ; or selected from Ci-16 alkylene groups interrupted with an N(R2) group and containing an oxo substituent (an example being a PAMAM dendrimer) .
X may be selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene-C(O)N(R2) -C8 alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16. In this case, X is preferably selected from groups having the general structure Cχ_6 alkylene- C(O)NH-C1-S alkylene.
Alternatively, X may be selected from linear unsubstituted Ci-I6 alkylene groups. In this case, X is preferably selected from ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene and hexylene.
Preferably, X is the same group in each and every generation of the dendrimer. However, alternative embodiments are envisaged wherein X differs between different generations of the dendrimer, so that X in a particular generation is different from X in a subsequent generation. However, X is generally the same throughout any one particular generation.
Most preferably, X is either - (CH2) 2-C (=0)N(H) - (CH2) 2- (e.g. in a PAMAM dendrimer) or propylene (in a PPI dendrimer) .
Preferably T is H or Ci_4 alkyl, so that the terminal groups of the dendrimer are NH2 or N(R4J2 wherein R4 is C1^4 alkyl. Even more preferably, T is H or methyl, so that the terminal groups of the dendrimer are NH2 or NMe2.
The nitrogen-containing groups of the compound of formula III may be in a cationic, quaternary form. Preferably substantially only terminal amino groups of the dendrimer are in a quaternary form. Preferably, the terminal amino groups in the quarternary form comprise three Cx-4 alkyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group. More preferably said Ci_4 alkyl groups are methyl groups, so that the terminal groups are -N+Me3.
The compound of formula III may be a polyamidoamine (PAMAM) dendrimer wherein n is in the range 1 to 6.
T may be selected from amidoethylethanolamine, hexylamide, succinamic acid, Tris (hydroxymethyl) amidomethane, amidoethanol, amino and carboxylate groups.
A preferred compound of formula III is SuperFect, which is available commercially from Qiagen.
Alternatively, the compound of formula III may be a poly (propylenimine) dendrimer having a 1, 4-diaminobutane core.
Compounds for use in the second aspect of the invention include activated or fractured (e.g. heat fractured) derivatives of the dendrimer compounds of formula III or formula IV. These derivatives include activated SuperFect or fractured SuperFect, which is commercially available from Quiagen.
Preferably, T is either H or methyl.
Preferably, when the compound of formula III is a poly(propylenimine) dendrimer wherein n is 2 (e.g. DAB8) T is methyl and the terminal amino groups are in the cationic quaternary form comprising three methyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atoms of said amino groups. It is particularly preferred that DAB8 is used in the present invention in the quaternary form, thus QDAB8 is more preferable than DAB8. This is because quaternised DAB8 has a lower general in vivo toxicity than non-quaternised DAB8.
Preferably the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule.
Preferably, the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not complexed to a therapeutic agent.
Preferably, the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not complexed to an agent that is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation.
Preferably, the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not conjugated, complexed, coupled, bonded, or non-covalently associated with one or more glucosamine or glucosamine-6-sulphate molecules. Preferably, the compound of formula III or salt thereof is not conjugated, complexed, coupled, bonded or non- covalently associated with one or more naphthyl 3, 6-disulfonic acid groups .
Preferably, in formula I of the first and third aspects of the invention, said Ci-ig alkyl and Ci-I6 alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
Preferably, A and A' are selected from unsubstituted Ci-β alkylene groups. More preferably, A and A' are ethylene.
Preferably, the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H and a branching group of formula II. Similarly, the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are preferably independently selected from H and a branching group of formula II.
R' and R" may be selected from unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl groups. Preferably, R' and R" are selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
Preferably, R is selected from H and NR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are H or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl groups. More preferably, R is selected from H, NH2, NMe2 and NEt2.
Preferably, the compond of formula I has an overall cationic charge (i.e. it is positively charged overall) at physiological pH.
This overall cationic charge arises as a result of the polymer containing nitrogen atoms at various positions therein, including within terminal amino groups, .e.g. L-NH2 or L-NR'2 and/or within internal groups (denoted "internal nitrogen-containing groups") such as groups interrupting an alkyl or alkylene group within a linear part of the polymer structure, e.g. L-N(H)-L' or L-N(R')- L'; or at the intersection of a polymer branch, e.g. L-N(-L')-L", wherein L, L' and L" may be alkylene groups as defined herein, and R' may be an alkyl group as defined herein, for example.
The terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups preferably have pKa's which cause them to be protonated, and therefore cationic, at physiological pH. Preferably, the terminal amino groups and/or internal nitrogen-containing groups of the compound of formula I have pKa' s above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12.
However, it may be that only terminal amino groups of the polymer (and not internal nitrogen-containing groups) have such preferable pKa values. Indeed, the pKa values of terminal amino groups would generally be expected to be within the preferred pKa range, and hence protonated and cationic at physiological pH. This is exemplified by the pKa values listed above (all in the range 9-11) of CC-NH3 + groups of amino acids.
Thus, it is preferred that the terminal groups of the compound of formula I (i.e. groups that are situated at the ends of the polymer including at the ends of polymer branches, and substituents of such groups) are predominantly cationic at physiological pH. Preferably these groups have pKa's above 7, more preferably above 7.5, and most preferably in the range 8 to 12. Preferably, these terminal groups include amino groups.
The nitrogen-containing groups of the compound of formula I (including internal nitrogen-containing groups and terminal amino groups) may be in a cationic, quaternary form. However, it may be that substantially only the terminal amino groups of the compound of formula I are in a quaternary form.
The terminal amino groups in the qu.arternary form may comprise three Cχ-6 alkyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group. Preferably, said Ci-e alkyl groups are methyl groups .
The compound of formula I may be a polyethylenimine compound.
The compound of formula I may have a molecular weight in the range 0.6 kD to 800 kD, e.g. in the range 5 to 45 kD, or in the range 21 to 24 kD. In certain embodiments, for example when the compounds is linear polyethyleneimine, it may have a molecular weight of 22 kD.
In the first aspect of the invention it is preferred that n, which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in the compound of formula I, is greater than or equal to 20. It is more preferred that n is greater than or equal to 25. It is even more preferred that n is greater than or equal to 30, 50, 75, 100, 150 or 200, in order of increasing preference.
In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferred that n, which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in in the compound of formula I, is less than or equal to 20000. It is more preferred that n is less than or equal to 10000. It is even more preferred that n is less than or equal to 5000, 1000, 800 or 700, in order of increasing preference.
Thus, in the first aspect of the invention there are preferred ranges for n, determined by any combination of the preferred maximum and minimum values for n outlined above.
Preferably, in the first aspect of the invention, the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule.
Preferably, in the first aspect of the invention, the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to a therapeutic agent. Preferably, in the first aspect of the invention, the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to an agent that is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation.
When used in the compositions of the third aspect of the invention, n, which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in the compound of formula I, is preferably less than or equal to 20000. It is more preferred that n is less than or equal to 10000. It is even more preferred that n is less than or equal to 5000, 1000, 700, 500, 300, 250, 200, 150, 125, 100, 75, 50 or 30 in order of increasing preference.
Thus, preferred ranges for n in the compound of formula I when used in the compositions of the third aspect of the invention are 3-20000; 3-10000; 3-5000; 3-1000; 3-700; 3-500; 3-300; 3-250; 3- 200; 3-150; 3-125; 3-100; 3-75; 3-50 or 3-30 in order of increasing preference.
In the compounds of formula I it is preferred that the average value for m, which denotes the number of monomer units -[A'- N(B')]- in a branching group of formula II, is less than 0.5 n, where n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- in the compound of formula I. It is more preferred that the average value for m is less than 0.25 n. It is even more preferred that the average value for m is less that 0.1 n. It is most preferred that the average value for m is less than 0.01 n. This is because it is preferable that the compound of formula I is substantially linear. The "average value for m" means the mean number of repeat units m in a branching group, taking into account all the branching groups (of formula II) within the compound of formula I. It is preferred that m is only a small fraction of n, because the compound of formula I is preferably substantially linear.
Preferably, the compound of formula I is substantially linear, wherein the branching groups of formula II are located on average, at every qth nitrogen atom along any given polymer chain segment, wherein q is greater than 3 or greater than 3.5. More preferably, q is greater than 10.
In this case, substantially all (e.g. above 80%, preferably above 90%, more preferably above 95%, and most preferably above 98%) of the B groups of the backbone monomer units may be H, and substantially all (e.g. above 80%, preferably above 90%, more preferably above 95%, and most preferably above 98%) of the B' groups of the branching group of formula II may be H.
Preferably, the compound of formula I is not a dendrimer.
Conjugates
The polymers and dendrimers for use in the present invention, including those of formulae I, III and IV described herein, may be associated with one or more molecules or ligands . This may be in order to improve the biodistribution, bioavailability, biocompatibility and/or physiochemistry of the polymer, for example. The term "associated with", as used herein, includes covalent conjugation, either directly or via a linker or tether molecule, as well as non-covalent association or complexation (e.g. by electrostatic or other non-covalent interaction) .
In particular, the polymers described herein may be associated with molecules or ligands that facilitate in vivo targeting of the polymer ("targeting moieties") . Thus, the polymers of the invention may be targeted to tumours by association (e.g. by covalent linkage, or electrostatic association) with a ligand capable of binding to a receptor (e.g. a protein) on the surface of a given tumour.
Various strategies for targeting tumours in this way are known to those skilled in the art, as. described by Cassidy,_. J. and A. G. Schatzlein (2004) "Tumour targeted drug and gene delivery: principles and concepts." Expert Reviews in Molecular Medicine in press, and by Schatzlein, A. G. (2003) "Targeting of synthetic gene delivery systems." Journal of Biomedicine and Biotechnology 2003 (2) : 149-158.
Hyaluronic acid conjugates
A preferred moiety for facilitating in vivo targeting of the polymeric compounds of the invention is hyaluronic acid (HA) . The polymers of formulae I, III and IV described herein may be associated with hyaluronic acid (HA) . HA is an anionic polysaccharide composed of repeating units of beta-1-4- glucuronate-beta-l-3-N-acetylglucosamine, as shown below:
Figure imgf000072_0001
Hyaluronic acid is the natural ligand of the CD44 receptor which is overexpressed in a number of tumours but has also been implicated as a marker for cancer stem cells [56]. Thus, HA is capable of selective binding to such tumours in which CD44 is overexpressed, and may be used to target the polymers in the present invention to the tumours.
Preferably, the polymer compound of formulae I, III or IV is linked to HA through covalent conjugation of the polymer to the HA backbone. Preferably the polymer compound of formulae I, III or IV is linked to low molecular weight HA. Low molecular weight HA may be produced by acid hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage (see below) . Preferably, the covalent linkage between HA and the polymer is via an amide bond C (=0) -N (H) . Preferably, the amide bond is formed through reaction of a terminal amino group of the polymer with a carboxyl group of HA. Preferably, l-ethyl-3- (3- dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) is used as a coupling reagent to activate the carboxyl group of HA for coupling with a terminal primary amino group of the polymer, forming an amido linkage between HA and polymer.
While an amido linkage between HA and the polymer is exemplifed, other types of covalent linkages between HA and the polymers of the invention are envisaged. Various covalent linkages between polymer and HA may be created using standard coupling chemistry, as would be appreciated by the skilled person. For example, a carboxyl group of HA may be reacted with a different, suitable substituent group on the polymer (e.g. a substituent group selected from those defined hereinbefore, such as a hydroxyl group) to covalently link the two molecules. Alternatively, the carboxyl groups of HA may first be derivatised to form other reactive functional groups (e.g. acid amide or acid chloride groups) that may then be reacted with a suitable substituent (e.g. selected from those defined above) on the polymer.
Although direct covalent coupling of HA to the polymers is an option, a tether or linker molecule may be used. The tether or linker may itself be a biocompatible polymer or oligomer such as poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG), or a polyethylenimine polymer or oligomer, or another linker molecule such as an optionally substituted, optionally interrupted alkylene chain. The skilled person would be aware of suitable linker molecules. Again, standard coupling chemistry could be used to couple each end of the linker molecule to HA and a polymer of the invention respectively. Preferably the linker molecule is PEG.
The polymers of the present invention may be derivatised by covalent attachment of PEG chains thereto, as exemplified in Brownlie, A., I. F. Uchegbu and A. G. Schatzlein (2004) "PEI- based vesicle-polymer hybrid gene delivery system with improved biocompatibility. " Int J Pharm 274(1-2) : 41-52, which describes the covalent coupling of PEG chains to branched polyethylenimine to form comb-type co-polymers. See also Luo et al., Macromolecules 2002, 35, 3456-3462, which describes the synthesis of PEG-conjugated PAMAM dendrimer. Thus, one or more of these PEG chains may be used as a linker molecule for coupling the polymer to a targeting ligand such as HA. Indeed, the "free end" of a PEG chain in such a comb-type copolymer could be coupled (using standard coupling chemistry) to HA. Of course, reaction of the PEG terminus of a comb-type polymer with an HA molecule would be facilitated by the use of (hetero-) bifunctional PEG in forming the comb-type polymer, so that the PEG terminus was suitably functionalised (e.g. with a terminal amino group) for reation with HA. Alternatively, the comb-type polymer itself could be further derivatised so that the PEG terminus comprised a functional group (such as an amino group) suitable for reaction with HA (e.g. in the presence of the coupling agent EDAC) . Linkers have been used previously to target polyamino-polymers (see Brown, M. D., A. I. Gray, L. Tetley, A. Santovena, J. Rene, A. G. Schatzlein and I. F. Uchegbu (2003) . "In vitro and in vivo gene transfer with poly(amino acid) vesicles." J Control Release 93(2) : 193-211) .
While covalent linkage of the polymers of formulae I, III and IV to HA is preferred, complexation through non-covalent (e.g. electrostatic) interactions is also envisaged.
Other ligands
Association of the polymers described herein with ligands other than HA is also envisaged. For example, protein or carbohydrate ligand or another type of polymeric ligand may be associated with these polymers. As described above for HA, the linkage may be covalent, e.g. via a linker or tether molecule, or non-covalent, e.g. electrostatic. Thus, a protein ligand for, or antibody against, any receptor or other molecule expressed on the surface of a tumour cell (e.g. a tumour-specific antigen), may be associated with a polymer described herein, to facilitate targeting of that polymer to the tumour cells. A number of different types of ligands could be coupled to the polymer in this way (possibly in combination with each other, or in combination with HA - see below) .
The targeting moieties may be endogenous or exogenous, synthetic or naturally occuring. Naturally-occuring ligands which may be coupled to the polymers described herein include small molecules, such as biotin-avidin, and folate receptor / folate. Other peptides or proteins may be coupled to the polymers described herein, including phage-derived peptides, antibodies, antibody fragments, and endogenous peptides or proteins such as growth factors, hormones or any other molecule capable of binding specifically to a molecule expressed on the surface of the desired target cell type. Examples include EGF, transferrin, carbohydrates, lectins, polymeric molecules such as hyaluronic acid (HA), and antibodies and fragments thereof. Antibody fragments ideally retain antigen binding capability (e.g. Fab fragments) but may consist of or comprise constant regions of the molecule such as Fc domains, e.g. if the target cell carries Fc receptors .
Coupling strategies and chemistries suitable for associating the above ligands with the polymers described herein (either covalently or non-covalently) are apparent to the skilled person: some of these are described above in relation to HA.
Combinations of ligands
The polymers described herein may be associated with a plurality of different targeting moieties. Thus a polymer may be linked to a combination of the ligands or ligand types described above. This is useful for cross-sectional targeting of the polymers described herein. For example, if a first ligand binds a receptor on target tumour __cells as well as a receptor on a first population of non-target cells, and if a second ligand binds a receptor on the same target cells as well as a receptor on another (second) population of non-target cells, then association of a polymer of the invention with both the first and second ligands can result in higher specificity of the polymer for the target tumour cells than for the each population of non-target cells.
Reversible coupling of ligands
The association (whether by covalent coupling or electrostatic attraction) of the ligands described above (e.g. HA) with the polymers described herein may be reversible, or cleavable. For example, a cleavable covalent linker (or alternatively a "reversible" electrostatic attraction) may be employed, which reacts to environmental changes (e.g. pH, or hypoxia) to trigger release of the ligand from the polymer.
This is especially important if the polymer of the invention is inactive when bound to a targeting moiety, such that rescue of the activity of the polymer is required once the polymer has been successfully delivered to the target location.
Preferably, in this case, a cleavable covalent linker is used to link the targeting ligand to the polymer. Preferably, the polymer and targeting ligand become separated upon delivery of the polymer to the target. Preferably, the cleavable covalent linker reacts to an environmental change that occurs upon delivery of the polymer to the target location, causing separation of the polymer from the ligand. This envronmental change may be a change of pH or hypoxia at the target location. Alternatively, cellular (e.g. endosomal) enzymes and/or extracellular enzymes (e.g. metalloproteinases) may trigger release of the polymer from the ligand. Thus, enzymes generated within target tumour cells could effect release of the polymer from the ligand, e.g. by cleavage of the ligand, allowing the polymer to become active and attack the tumour. A protease enzyme, for example, might cleave a peptide (amido) bond linking the polymer to the ligand. Such strategies are described in Damen, E. W., T. J. Nevalainen, T. J. van den Bergh, F. M. de Groot and H. W. Scheeren (2002) . "Synthesis of novel paclitaxel prodrugs designed for bioreductive activation in hypoxic tumour tissue." Bioorg Med Chem 10(1) : 71-7.; Cassidy, J., R. Duncan, G. J. Morrison, J. Strohalm, D. Plocova, J. Kopecek and S. B. Kaye (1989) . "Activity of N- (2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide copolymers containing daunomycin against a rat tumour model." Biochem Pharmacol 38(6) : 875-9; and de Groot, F. M., E. W. Damen and H. W. Scheeren (2001) . "Anticancer prodrugs for application in monotherapy: targeting hypoxia, tumor-associated enzymes, and receptors." Curr Med Chem 8(9) : 1093-122.
Alternatively, the cleavable covalent linker may be photocleavable. This is especially useful if the polymer of the invention is inactive when conjugated to the targeting ligand, and active when released from the ligand. Thus, upon delivery of the polymer to the desired location (e.g. a particular tumour), the tumour can be irradiated in order to cleave the ligand from the polymer and render the polymer active at the site of the tumour.
The use of self-eliminating spacers, linking the polymer to the targeting ligand, may also be useful to reconstitue full activity of the polymer, as described in de Groot, F. M., C. Albrecht, R. Koekkoek, P. H. Beusker and H. W. Scheeren (2003) . ""Cascade- release dendrimers" liberate all end groups upon a single triggering event in the dendritic core." Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 42(37) : 4490-4.
Carriers and nanoparticle complexes
The targeting moieties described above may be associated (normally covalently but in principle also non-covalently) with a carrier, the carrier also being associated with a polymer used in the methods of the invention, so that the targeting moieties are presented near the surface of the carrier. This may facilitate interaction between the ligand and a 'receptor' that is complementary to the targeting ligand. Sometimes spacers or tethers are used (see above) to link the ligand to the particulate carrier in order to create a steric situation that allows easy access. The carrier may be a biocompatible polymer or other biomolecule, for example.
Thus the polymers (including dendrimers) used in the present invention, including those of formulae I, III and IV described herein, may be associated (e.g. covalently or electrostatically) with a carrier. Complexes between such polymers and carriers tend to form nanoparticles, which may be a convenient form for administration.
The carrier may be a biomolecule, e.g. a nucleic acid (typically DNA), or HA, as described above. The biodistribution, bioavailability, biocompatibility and/or physiochemistry of the polymer may be improved in such nanoparticle form.
A nucleic acid carrier as used in this aspect of the invention may be incapable of being expressed (i.e. transcribed and/or translated) ; thus when introduced into a target cell, it does not give rise to an RNA or protein expression product. For example, even if the nucleic acid contains an open reading frame, it may contain no promoter (e.g. a promoterless plasmid) .
Alternatively, a polymer may be complexed into nanoparticle form by complexation with an active biomolecule, in which case the polymer and biomolecule complexed thereto may show synergistic effects. For example, a polymer may be complexed with a nucleic acid which is capable of being expressed (transcribed and/or translated) , giving rise to a therapeutically active expression product such as a protein or RNA. For example, the carrier may be an expression vector encoding a therapeutically useful protein such as TNF.
The effects of complexing DAB16 to a promoterless plasmid and an expression plasmid carrying a strong promoter are desribed below and shown in Figure 7.
Bioactive molecules
The bioactive molecule of the composition of the third aspect of the invention is preferably anionic at physiological pH, preferably carrying more than one negative charge per molecule, in order that the cationic groups of the polymer of formula I are able to form non-covalent electrostatic interactions with the bioactive molecule.
The bioactive molecule may itself be a polymer, such as heparin (a polyanion at physiological pH) or a related polymer, e.g. another polymer with a high level of anionic sulphate and / or carboxyl substituents . Alternatively, the bioactive molecule may¬ be an extracellular matrix polymer such as dextran.
The bioactive molecule may be a peptide or protein. Peptides or proteins having pKa' s such that they are negatively charged around physiological pH (such as anionic drug molecules) are particularly preferable.
For example, the bioactive molecule may be a polyanion which is a potent inhibitor of HIV, e.g. a negatively charged albumin, or dextran sulphate. Anionic albumins with potent anti-HIV activity are described at (http: //www.niwi.knaw.nl/en/oi/nod/onderzoek/OND1270824/toon) .
The bioactive molecule may be a conventional organic drug molecule, e.g. with one or more carboxylic acid groups that are negatively charged at physiological pH. Examples are diclofenace, phenobarbital and barbituric acid.
Gene delivery
Without wishing to be limited by any particular theory, it is believed that the polymers described herein may exert cytostatic effects on tumour cells in vivo. Thus cells treated with these polymers may not divide. Non-dividing cells are less sensitive to certain cytotoxic drugs than dividing cells of a similar type. Thus particular benefits may be achieved by using polymers as described above in relation to any aspect of the invention for specific types of gene therapy for diseases characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, especially neoplastic disease such as cancers as described above.
Thus the polymers may be used for delivery of a nucleic acid (e.g an expression vector) encoding an enzyme capable of converting a prodrug to a more active, cytotoxic form, wherein the cytotoxic form is more toxic against dividing cells than against non- dividing cells.
Cells which receive the enzyme therefore become capable of converting prodrug to drug, but are prevented from proliferating by the cytostatic effects of the polymer delivery agent. Thus these cells become a source of active drug molecule while at the same time becoming more resistant to the effects of the drug than surrounding untreated cells. The life of the enzyme-carrying cells as a source of active drug molecule is therefore prolomged, potentially increasing the efficency of the treatment. If and when the cytostatic effect wears off, the cells will be killed by the drug molecule, and thus should not be able to escape to allow tumour regrowth.
Examples of suitable drugs which are more active against dividing than non-dividing cells include nucleoside analogues such as 5- fluorouracil. Prodrugs include ganciclovir. Enzymes which may be used in conjunction with such prodrugs include thymidine kinase from Herpes Simplex Virus.
Thus the invention includes the use of a polymer as described above for the preparation of a composition for the delivery of a nucleic acid to a cancer cell, the nucleic acid encoding an enzyme capable of converting a prodrug to a more active, cytotoxic form, wherein the cytotoxic form is more toxic against a dividing cell than against a non-dividing cell.
Hydrophobicity
The polymers used in the present invention can be modified by covalently binding derivatising pendant groups, such as hydrophobic or hydrophilic groups, to the surface of the dendrimer. A combination of hydrophobic and hydrophilic substituents may be attached to make hydrophilic polymers amphiphilic. Amphiphilicity allows for broad manipulation of phsyciochemistry, e.g. for self assembly (formation of polymeric vesicles, micelles, etc. and even hydrogels), which is useful for modification or optimisation of the in vivo properties of the polymer. The number of derivatising groups may vary from one derivatising group per polymer molecule up to and including derivatising all available surface or terminal groups, for example, derivatising all 8 surface groups of a DAB8 molecule or all 16 surface groups of a DAB16 molecule. Derivatising dendrimer molecules is described in WO 03/033027.
Brief Description of the Drawings
Figure 1 shows cytostatic effects induced by various polymers in vitro.
Figure 2 shows inhibition of tumour growth by four DAB dendrimer polymers, quaternarised DAB8, fractured SuperFect (PAMAM polymer) and linear PEI. Established experimental A431 murine xenografts (control=red) were treated by a single injection of the relevant polymer.
Figure 3 shows body weight change in A4311-bearing mice. Untreated animals and animals treated with a single dose of the various polymers were weighed and changes expressed in percent change compared to the day of the first treatment.
Figure 4 shows treatment of established LS174T Human Colorectal Adenocarcinoma (ATCC CCL-188) xenografts in a mouse model. One group of animals (black) was untreated. The remainder were treated (q.2d 5x) with either DAB16 polymer (green), naked plasmid encoding TNF alpha (red) and a complex of DABl6 and the TNF alpha-encoding plasmid (blue) . Individual animals are represented by separate symbols.
Figure 5 shows treatment of established C33a Human Cervix Carcinoma (ATCC HTB31) xenografts in a mouse model. Animals treated (q.2d 5x) with DAB16 (green) were compared to untreated animals (black) , and those treated with naked plasmid encoding TNF alpha (red) or a DAB16-TNF alpha plasmid complex (blue) . Individual animals are represented by separate symbols.
Figure 6 shows treatment of established A431 epidermoid carcinoma (ATCC CRL-1555) in a mouse model. Animals treated (q.2d 5x) with DAB16 (green) were compared to untreated animals (black) , and those treated with naked plasmid encoding TNF alpha (red) or a DAB16-TNF alpha plasmid complex (blue) .
Figure 7. A431 epidermoid carcinoma tumours were grafted into nude CD-I mice and left to establish (~5 mm) . Animals were treated by injection of the relevant formulation every 2nd day over 10 days (5 injections) . The ability of the generation 3 polypropylenimine dendrimer (DABl6) as a single agent to delay long-term tumour growth (green) was compared with that of a naked TNF alpha-encoding plasmid (blue) , a complex of both (magenta) , DABl6 complexed to promoterless plasmid (cyan) . Untreated control is shown in red. Tumour volume doubling time was measured as a surrogate endpoint as substantial tumour growth immediately precedes tumour related mortality. Complexes of DAB16 and non-functional DNA (a promoterless TNF alpha plasmid) as well as free dendrimer show improved long-term growth reduction. Figure 8 shows overall tumour response to treatment, stratified according to change in tumour volume into progressive disease (increase greater than 1.2 fold), stable disease (0.7-1.2), partial response (0-0.7), and complete response (0) over the duration of the experiment.
Figure 9 shows activity and toxicity of doxorubicin in A431 xenograft models (taken from [55] ) .
Figure 10 shows that hyaluronic acid conjugates of DAB16 (HA- dendrimer) can target cancer cells expressing the CD44 receptor. Complexes formed from plasmid DNA and conjugates of HA-dendrimer show superior targeting to CD44 positive cells as compared to complexes formed with un-conjugated dendrimer [57, 58] .
Figure 11 shows that HA-dendrimers preferentially target plasmid encoding beta-galactosidase to CD44 positive B16F10 melanomas in vivo, in contrast to unconjugated linear PEI ("Polymer") [57, 58] .
Examples
The following compounds were obtained from commercial sources: DAB4, DAB8, DAB16, DAB32, DAB64, SuperFect, linear polyethylenimine (22 kD) .
Hyaluronic acid (HA) conjugates of DAB8 (generation 2 PPI dendrimer) and DAB16 (generation 3 PPI dendrimer) were synthesized according to the procedure outlined below.
Quaternised DAB8, DABlβ, DAB32 and DAB64 (termed QDAB8, QDAB16, QDAB32 and QDAB64) were synthesized according to the method below, in which each of the nitrogen atoms of the terminal amino groups of these dendrimers is converted to a. cationic quaternary ammonium group having three methyl groups bonded to the nitrogen atom.
Synthesis of targeted hyaluronic acid DAB dendrimers
Low molecular weight hyaluronic acid was synthesized by heat or enzyme degradation, as follows:
Heat degradation (HA24, HA48)
500mg hyaluronic acid (500mg) was added to acid buffer solution [tri-hydroxy methyl-amino methane (0.1M), potassium chloride
(0.1M), monobasic potassium phosphate (0.1M), anhydrous citric acid (0.1M), sodium tetraborate (0.1M), pH = 3, 100ml] and subsequently degraded either 24h or 48h at 70C°. Degraded polymer samples were isolated by exhaustive dialysis against distilled water (5L) with 6 changes over a 24h period by using dialysis tubing with a molecular cut off of 12-14 KD. The dry solid was obtained by freeze-drying the dialysate.
Enzymatic degradation (HAenz) Hyaluronic acid (HA, Ig) (Scheme 1) was dissolved in phosphate buffer saline (PBS, ph = 7.4, 300ml) by stirring overnight at room temperature. A solution of bovine testis hyaluronidase was prepared by dissolving this enzyme (lOOmg) in PBS (10ml) . Hyaluronic acid solution was heated for 30 min at 37C°in water bath and then the enzyme solution was added to the warm solution and the enzyme hyaluronic acid solution was heated for 48h at 37C°. At the end of this time period the solution was boiled for 15 minutes to denature the hyaluronidase. The solution was allowed cool and then centrifuged (βOOOrpm, 30 min) . The precipitated enzyme was filtered out and then polymer solution was isolated by exhaustive dialysis against distilled water (5L) with 6 changes over a 24 h period by using dialysis tubing with a molecular cut off of 12,000-14,000 Daltons. The dry solid was obtained by freeze-drying the dialysate.
The HA-DAB8 conjugates were then synthesized as follows: HA-DAB8 conjugates
DAB8 was conjugated with HA24, HA48 and HAenz . Synthesis of these HA-DAB8 conjugates was carried out as depicted in Scheme 2, by reaction of DAB8 with low molecular weight hyaluronic acid (either HA24, HA48 or HAenz) in the presence of l-ethyl-3- (3- dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) at a pH of 4.75.
EDAC is a well known carboxyl activating agent for amide bonding with primary amines, and may be used to link a biological substance containing a carboxylate group (such as HA) with a biological substance containing a primary amine (such as a DAB polypropylenimine dendrimer) .
Either HA24, HA48 or HAenz (378 mg, 1.0 mraoles carboxylic acid groups) were dissolved in water (100 ml) . Solid poly propylenimine octa amine dendrimer (DAB8, generation 2, 7.73g, 10 mmoles, 7.73ml) was added to the HA solutions. The pHs of the solutions were adjusted to pH 4.75 by addition of 0. IM HCl. Solid l-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) (1.92g, 10.0 mmoles) was added to the acid reaction mixtures. The reactions were allowed to proceed for 2h with stirring, the pHs adjusted upwards with NaOH (0.1M) to pH = 7 and the products isolated by exhaustive dialysis against distilled water (5L) with 6 changes over a 24 hour period by using dialysis tubing with a molecular cut off of 12-14 kD. The dry solids were obtained by freeze-drying the dialysates.
Hyaluronic acid (HA) conjugates of DAB16 were synthesized using similar procedures. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000086_0001
Low molecular weight hyaluronic acid
Figure imgf000086_0002
DAB8
EDAC
Ph = 4.75
Figure imgf000086_0003
Synthesis of quaternised DABs
Synthesis was carried out as depicted in Scheme 3. For the quaternarisation of DAB polymers, DAB8 (generation 2), DAB16
(generation 3), DAB32 (generation 4) or DAB64 (generation 5) (500 mg, Sigma-Aldrich, UK) was dispersed in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (50 mL, Sigma-Aldrich, UK) for 16 h at room temperature by stirring. To the DAB dispersion was added sodium hydroxide (120 mg, Merck Eurolab, UK) , methyl iodide (3 g, Sigma-Aldrich, UK) and sodium iodide (150 mg, Sigma-Aldrich, UK) . The reaction mixture was stirred under a stream of nitrogen gas for 3 h at 36°C. The quaternary ammonium product (QDAB8, QDAB16, QDAB32 or QDAB64, obtained from DAB8, DAB16, DAB32 or DAB64 respectively) was then recovered by precipitation with diethyl ether (500 mL, Merck Eurolab, UK) followed by filtration.
The resulting solid was first quickly washed with absolute ethanol (1 L, Merck Eurolab, UK) over a vacuum pump, followed by diethyl ether (500 mL) . The washed solid (quaternary ammonium product) was subsequently dissolved in water (15OmL) and passed over an Amberlite anion exchange column. The eluate obtained was freeze dried and obtained as a yellow solid, and the structure was confirmed by both 1H and 13C NMR.
The Amberlite anion exchange column was prepared by placing Amberlite IRA-93 Cl" (Merck Eurolab, UK) in a 10OmL separatory funnel and washing the resin first with HCL (I M, 90 mL) followed by distilled water (50OmL) until the eluate gave a neutral pH. Scheme 3
Figure imgf000088_0001
In vivo experiments Animals
Female mice (CDl-nu, initial mean weight 2Og) were housed in groups of five in suspended plastic cages at 19-23°C with a 12h light-dark cycle. A conventional diet (Rat and Mouse Standard Expanded, B and K Universal, Grimston, UK) and water from the mains were available ad libidum. Experimental work was carried out in accordance with UK Home Office regulations and approved by the local ethics committee.
Tumour Implantation
Tumour cells [LS174 Human Colorectal Adenocarcinoma (ATCC CL- 188), A431 Epidermoid Carcinoma (ATCC CRL-1555) , C33a Human Cervix Carcinoma (ATCC HTB31) ] were grown as monolayers in 75 cm2 flasks in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10 % (v/v) foetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1% (v/v) glutamine, in a humid atmosphere of 5% CO2 at 37 0C. Medium was changed twice a week. Cells were subcultured every seven days by trypsin treatment and experiments were conducted when the cells were in exponential phase. Nude mice were injected subcutaneously with the cell suspension in either flank and cells were then left to develop palpable tumours (typical diameters 5-6 mm) ; in every case IxIO6 cells were injected in each flank and tumours developed over 7 days (LS174T) to 10 days A431, C33a) .
Formulations
All formulations were prepared as solutions (or suspensions) in 5% dextrose. Each dose contained 250 μg of DAB 4, DAB 16, DAB 32, QDAB8, respectively. The PAMAM dendrimer and linear PEI were given as dilutions of Superfect (100 μl per animal) and Exgen (9 μl per animal) respectively, in 5% dextrose solution.
Control formulations containing PPI-G3 (DAB16) polymers complexed with plasmid DNA (mTNFalpha expression vector (pORF9-mTNFa with a strong promoter (EFlalpha/HTLV or promoterless) and free TNFalpha plasmid were also prepared in 5% dextrose. Colloidal dispersions were sized by photon correlation spectroscopy (Malvern Zetasizer 3000, Malvern Instruments, UK) .
Experimental therapy
Animals were injected intravenously (0.2 ml per injection) with the different formulations either once or alternatively on a schedule every other day (0.5 q.d.) over 10 days (every second day, 5 injection) . Mice which did not received any treatment served as controls. Each group consisted of 5 animals (n=5) . As a control DAB 16-DNA complexes were prepared as previously described [36] by mixing dendrimer and DNA (50 μg) at a 5:1 weight ratio in a 5% dextrose solution (200 μl/animal) . Free plasmid DNA (50 μg) was given in 200 μL 5%dextrose. Animals were monitored at regular intervals, the tumour size was determined using callipers, and body weight measured and recorded. Expression of genes containined on nucleic acids complexed with the various polymers was measured as described previously [54] .
Results
Examples of active polymers include large fractured PANAM dendrimers (Superfect-L MW ~35kD) , linear polymers (Exgen, 22kD) , and small dendrimers such as lower generation polypropylenimine dendrimers (DAB4-DAB64) . These exhibit cytostatic effects towards tumour cell lines in vitro.
A431 epidermoid carcinoma cells were treated with various cationic polymers. PEI, Superfect and various DAB polymers were added to the culture medium at concentrations of 0.45 μL/mL, 5μL/mL and 12.5 μg/mL respectively for the duration of the experiment. Untreated cells show typical growth behaviour; triton X treated cells show decrease in cell number consitent with cell lysis. The cytostatic effects on the tumour cell lines are illustrated in Figure 1.
Polymers were then administered in vivo. Administration was at levels which we would expect to complex similar amounts of DNA, not at levels calculated to provide similar cytostatic effects . The effect is essentially the same for all materials so it is conceivable that the ability of these materials to bind DNA plays a role in the ..effects observed, e.g. through condensation of nuclear DNA. All polymers used were well tolerated with no apparent signs of gross, systemic toxicity in vivo (Figure 3) .
DAB8 (PPI G2) kills animals within 5-10 seconds after i.v. injection; however no such effect has been observed with any of the closely related DABs. By contrast the modified (quaternised) QDAB8 is well-tolerated and active (Figures 2 and 3) . Therefore this effect is thought to be unique to underivatised DAB8.
When administered systemically to treat established A431 xenograft tumours all the polymers completely inhibit tumour growth and in some cases lead to a small reduction in tumour volume within the first two weeks (DAB32, PEI; cf. Figure 2) while the untreated tumour grows unchecked.
Importantly there is no apparent systemic toxicity in vivo associated with this highly efficacious treatment. The animals are young and continue to grow during treatment. This is reflected in the increased body weight for all the formulations (Figure 3) with the possible exception of PEI-treated animals for which the decrease is 5-10% less than for the other groups.
The effect is not unique for a specific tumour but was also observed in a number of xenograft models . Here the effect of the G3-PPI solution was compared with PPI-G3 DNA complexes carrying an expression plasmid for the murine TNFalpha gene (50 μg DNA complexed at 5:1 (w/w) ) and the free TNFalpha plasmid (50 μg/animal) in established LS174T colorectal tumours (Figure 4), C33a cervix carcinomas (Figure 5), and the A431 epidermoid carcinoma model (Figure 6) . In each of the tumour models the treatment of animals with DAB16 inhibited tumour growth significantly.
In a long term experiment the repeated administration of DAB16 (0.5 q.d. x5) resulted in a decrease of the tumour size from day 23 for 2 mice, from day 33 for all the mice. The tumours even completely disappeared from day 43 and 51 for 2 mice (n=5) and resulted in long term survival of the treated mice (cf. Figure 7) .
The effect of the cationic polymers does not only depend on the injection of the free compound but is also seen when the compound is given in the form of nanoparticles (Figure 7) . Both free polymers and those complexed into nanoparticles through complexation with a promoterless plasmid ("CpIx -p") were beneficial. Nanoparticles formed from the expression plasmid carrying a strong promoter and the dendrimer were highly active and showed synergistic effects ("CpIx 5x") . In contrast no beneficial effect was observed when the PPI-G3 and the plasmid were administered separately ("DAB+TNF") .
Overall tumour response to treatment was stratified according to change in tumour volume, into progressive disease (increase greater than 1.2 fold), stable disease (0.7-1.2), partial response (0-0.7), and complete response (0), over the duration of the experiment (12 weeks) analogous to the RECIST criteria (Therasse, P., S. G. Arbuck, et al. (2000) . "New guidelines to evaluate the response to treatment in solid tumors. European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer, National Cancer Institute of the United States, National Cancer Institute of Canada." J Natl Cancer Inst 92(3) : 205-16.) The results of this analysis are shown in Figure 8.
The magnitude of the effect of the cationic polymers alone is similar to that seen with the cytotoxic drug doxorubicin in the same tumour model (Figure 9) .
The polymers may also be targeted to tumours by association with a ligand capable of binding to a receptor (e.g. a protein) on the surface of a given tumour. Active targeting of DABl6 and DAB8 was achieved through conjugation of the appropriate dendrimer to a hyaluronic acid (HA) backbone. Low molecular weight HA was produced by acid hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage and coupled to the dendrimers as described earlier. Hyaluronic acid is the natural ligand of the CD44 receptor which is overexpressed in a number of tumours but has also been implicated as a marker for cancer stem cells [56] .
DNA complexes formed with the targeted polymers show preferential uptake in receptor positive cancer cells (B16F10 murine melanoma) but not in the control cells (NIH 3T3; Figure 10) . The targeted complexes also show a higher expression in the receptor positive tumours in the syngeneic Bl6F10 mouse model compared to the untargeted complexes (Figure 11) .
It is established that polymers such as those used in drug and gene delivery have an inherent general toxicity which can lead to cell death. This has been regarded as a potential problem and disadvantage which could impede the use of these molecules as delivery agents. A commonly made observation is that cells in tissue culture assays will display signs of apoptosis such as rounding off and reduction and loss of attachment to the tissue culture plate.
While many compounds exhibit toxicity in cytotoxicity assays this does not identify them as potential therapeutics. The key properties which distinguish a generally toxic substance from a therapeutic agent are the specificity of its action and the specificity and selectivity of its toxic effect. Our data (e.g. Figures 1, 2) demonstrate that the cationic polymers can exert a cytostatic effect on tumour cell lines in vitro and therapeutic effects on tumours in vivo without systemic toxicity.
In vitro tissue culture testing of compounds frequently involves tumour derived cell lines or transformed cell lines because of their favourable growth characteristics which allow facile manipulation. As a consequence it is not normally obvious to what extent a compound has specificity for diseased cells in contrast to healthy cells. An indication of potential specificity can be inferred from the differential effects specific compounds exhibit against a panel of cell lines, but the key data which demonstrates therapeutic potential is activity in animal models of cancer, such as murine tumour xenografts, as shown here.
We have previously recognised that the lower generation polypropylenimine dendrimers are synthetic transfection agents that mediate efficient transgene expression in vitro [36] and after systemic injection do not demonstrate any gross toxicity [54] . When such systems are administered in vivo in tumour bearing animals, however, the therapeutic effect seen in various tumour models is at least as good as that of doxorubicin without the systemic toxicity seen by such cytotoxic drugs.
References
1. Boyle, P., A. d'Onofrio, P. Maisonneuve, G. Severi, C. Robertson, M. Tubiana, and U. Veronesi, Measuring progress against cancer in 5 Europe: has the 15% decline targeted for 2000 come about? Ann
Oncol, 2003. 14(8) : p. 1312-25. 2.Rodu, B. and P. Cole, The fifty-year decline of cancer in
America. J Clin Oncol, 2001. 19(1) : p. 239-41. 3.Schipper, R.G., L.C. Penning, and A.A. Verhofstad, Involvement of
10 polyamines in apoptosis. Facts and controversies: effectors or protectors? Semin Cancer Biol, 2000. 10(1) : p. 55-68. 4.Schipper, R.G., G. Deli, P. Deloyer, W.P. Lange, J.A. Schalken, and A.A. Verhofstad, Antitumor activity of the polyamine analog N(I), N(11) -diethylnorspermine against human prostate carcinoma
15 cells. Prostate, 2000. 44(4) : p. 313-21.
5.Reddy, V.K., A. Valasinas, A. Sarkar, H.S. Basu, L.J. Marton, and B. Frydman, Conformationally restricted analogues of IN, 12N- bisethylspermine: synthesis and growth inhibitory effects on human tumor cell lines. J Med Chem, 1998. 41(24) : p. 4723-32.
206. Valasinas, A., A. Sarkar, V.K. Reddy, L.J. Marton, H.S. Basu, and B. Frydman, Conformationally restricted analogues of IN, 14N- bisethylhomospermine (BE-4-4-4) : synthesis and growth inhibitory effects on human prostate cancer cells. J Med Chem, 2001. 44(3) : p. 390-403.
257. Reddy, V.K., A. Sarkar, A. Valasinas, L.J. Marton, H.S. Basu, and B. Frydman, cis-Unsaturated analogues of 3,8,13,18,23- pentaazapentacosane (BE-4-4-4-4) : synthesis and growth inhibitory effects on human prostate cancer cell lines. J Med Chem, 2001. 44(3) : p. 404-17.
308. Devereux, W., Y. Wang, T.M. Stewart, A. Hacker, R. Smith, B.
Frydman, A.L. Valasinas, V.K. Reddy, L.J. Marton, T.D. Ward, P.M. Woster, and R.A. Casero, Induction of the PAOhl/SMO polyamine oxidase by polyamine analogues in human lung carcinoma cells. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol, 2003. 52(5) : p. 383-90.
359. Valasinas, A., V.K. Reddy, A.V. Blokhin, H. S. Basu, S.
Bhattacharya, A. Sarkar, L.J. Marton, and B. Frydman, Long-chain polyamines (oligoamines) exhibit strong cytotoxicities against human prostate cancer cells. Bioorg Med Chem, 2003. 11(18) : p. 4121-31.
10. Frydman, B., CW. Porter, Y. Maxuitenko, A. Sarkar, S. Bhattacharya, A. Valasinas, V.K. Reddy, N. Kisiel, L.J. Marton, and H.S. Basu, A novel polyamine analog (SL-11093) inhibits growth of human prostate tumor xenografts in nude mice. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol, 2003. 51(6) : p. 488-92.
11. Frydman, B., A.V. Blokhin, S. Brummel, G. Wilding, Y. Maxuitenko, A. Sarkar, S. Bhattacharya, D. Church, V.K. Reddy, J.A. Kink, L.J. Marton, A. Valasinas, and H.S. Basu,
Cyclopropane-containing polyamine analogues are efficient growth inhibitors of a human prostate tumor xenograft in nude mice. J Med Chem, 2003. 46(21) : p. 4586-600.
12. Frydman, B., S. Bhattacharya, A. Sarkar, K. Drandarov, S. Chesnov, A. Guggisberg, K. Popaj , S. Sergeyev, A. Yurdakul, M.
Hesse, H.S. Basu, and L.J. Marton, Macrocyclic polyamines deplete cellular ATP levels and inhibit cell growth in human prostate cancer cells. J Med Chem, 2004. 47(4) : p. 1051-9.
13. Liu, D., Z. Shriver, Y. Qi, G. Venkataraman, and R. Sasisekharan, Dynamic regulation of tumor growth and metastasis by heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycans . Semin Thromb Hemost, 2002. 28 (1) : p. 67-78.
14. Berry, D., D.M. Lynn, R. Sasisekharan, and R. Langer, Poly (beta-amino ester) s promote cellular uptake of heparin and cancer cell death. Chem Biol, 2004. 11(4) : p. 487-98.
15. Ishida, K., M.K. Wierzba, T. Teruya, S. Simizu, and H. Osada, Novel heparan sulfate mimetic compounds as antitumor agents. Chem Biol, 2004. 11(3) : p. 367-77.
16. Szoka, F.C, Jr. and J. Haensler, Self-assembling polynucleotide delivery system comprising dendrimer polycations, in US 5,990,089. 1999, The Regents of the University of California: US.
17. Tomalia, D.A., J.J.R. Baker, R.C. Cheng, A.U. Bielinska, M.J. Fazio, D.M. Hedstrand, J.A. Johnson, D.A. Kaplan, S.L. Klakamp, W.J. Kruper, pJ. Kukowska-Latallo, JB.D. Maxon, L.T.
Piehler, I.A. Tomlinson, L.R. Wilson, R. Yin, I. Brothers, and H. M., Bioactive and/or targeted dendrimer conjugates, in US 5,714,166. 1998, The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, MI); Dendritech Incorporated (Midland, MI); The Regents of the University of Michigan (Ann Arbor, MI) .
18. Torαalia, D.A., W.J. Kruper, R.C. Cheng, I.A. Tomlinson, M.J. 5 Fazio, D.M. Hedstrand, L.R. Wilson, and D.A. Kaplan, Starburst conjugates, in US 6,177,414. 2001, Dow Chemical Company.
19. Yin, R., D.A. Tomalia, D.M. Hedstrand, D.R. Swanson, J.J.R. Baker, and J.F. Kukowska-Latallo, Hyper comb-branched polymer conjugates, in US 5,919,442. 1996, Dendritech Inc., University of
10 Michigan: US.
20. Kukowska-Latallo, J.F., A.U. Bielinska, J. Johnson, R. Spindler, D.A. Tomalia, and J.R. Baker, Efficient Transfer of Genetic Material Into Mammalian-Cells Using Starburst Polyamidoamine Dendrimers. Proceedings of the National Academy of
15 Sciences of the United States of America, 1996. 93(10) : p. 4897- 4902.
21. Tang, M.X., CT. Redemann, and F.C. Szoka, In vitro gene delivery by degraded polyamidoamine dendrimers. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 1996. 7(6) : p. 703-14.
2022. Hudde, T., S.A. Rayner, R.M. Comer, M. Weber, J.D. Isaacs, H. Waldmann, D.F. Larkin, and A.J. George, Activated polyamidoamine dendrimers, a non-viral vector for gene transfer to the corneal endothelium. Gene Therapy, 1999. 6(5) : p. 939-43.
23. Bielinska, A.U., CL. Chen, J. Johnson, and J.R. Baker, DNA 25 complexing with polyamidoamine dendrimers: Implications for transfection. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 1999. 10(5) : p. 843-850.
24. Bielinska, A.U., J.F. Kukowska-Latallo, and J.R. Baker, The interaction of plasmid DNA with polyamidoamine dendrimers: mechanism of complex formation and analysis of alterations
30 induced in nuclease sensitivity and transcriptional activity of the complexed DNA. Biochim Biophys Acta, 1997. 1353(2) : p. 180- 90.
25. Bielinska, A.U., A. Yen, H.L. Wu, K.M. Zahos, R. Sun, N.D. Weiner, J.R. Baker, and B.J. Roessler, Application of membrane-
35 based dendrimer/DNA complexes for solid phase transfection in vitro and in vivo. Biomaterials, 2000. 21(9) : p. 877-87.
26. Toth, I., T. Sakthivel, A.F. Wilderspin, H. Bayele, M. O'Donnell, D.J. Perry, K.J. Pasi, CA. Lee, and A.T. Florence, Novel cationic lipidic peptide dendrimer vectors - In vitro gene delivery. STP Pharma Sci., 1999. 9(1) : p. 93-99.
27. Du, B., R.J. Zhou, and R.X. Zhuo, Synthesis of cyclic core 5 dendritic polymer and its usage as a vector for transferring foreign DNA into human cells. Chin. Chem. Lett., 1998. 9(7) : p. 635-638.
28. Loup, C, M.A. Zanta, A.M. Caminade, J.P. Majoral, and B. Meunier, Preparation of water soluble cationic phosphorus
10 containing dendrimers as DNA transfecting agents. Chemistry a European Journal, 1999. 5: p. 3644 - 3650.
29. Pistolis, G., A. Malliaris, D. Tsiourvas, and CM. Paleos, Poly(propyleneimine) dendrimers as pH-sensitive controlled- release systems. Chem.-Eur. J., 1999. 5(5) : p. 1440-1444.
1530. Sideratou, Z., D. Tsiourvas, and CM. Paleos, Quaternized poly (propylene imine) dendrimers as novel pH-sensitive controlled-release systems. Langmuir, 2000. 16(4) : p. 1766-1769.
31. Jansen, J., E.M.M. Debrabandervandenberg, and E.W. Meijer, Encapsulation of Guest Molecules into a Dendritic Box. Science,
20 1994. 266(5188) : p. 1226-1229.
32. Kobayashi, H. and M. Brechbiel, Macromolecular Imaging Agents for Liver Imaging, in WO03001218 A2. 2003.
33. Kabanov, V.A., A.B. Zezin, V.B. Rogacheva, Z.G. Gulyaeva, M.F. Zansochova, J.G.H. Joosten, and J. Brackman, Interaction of
25 Astramol poly(propyleneimine) dendrimers with linear polyanions . Macromolecules, 1999. 32(6) : p. 1904-1909.
34. Gebhart, CL. and A.V. Kabanov, Evaluation of polyplexes as gene transfer agents. J Control Release, 2001. 73(2-3) : p. 401- 16.
3035. Malik, N., R. Wiwattanapatapee, R. Klopsch, K. Lorenz, H. Frey, J.W. Weener, E.W. Meijer, W. Paulus, and R. Duncan, Dendrimers: Relationship between structure and biocompatibility in vitro, and preliminary studies on the biodistribution of I- 125-labelled polyamidoamine dendrimers in vivo. J. Control.
35 Release, 2.000. 65(1-2) : p. 133-148.
35. Zinselrαeyer, B.H., S.P. Mackay, A.G. Schatzlein, and I.F. Uchegbu, The lower-generation polypropylenimine dendrimers are effective gene-transfer agents. Pharm Res, 2002. 19(7) : p. 960-7. 37. Uchegbu, I.F., A.G. Schatzlein, A.I. Gray, B. Zinselmeyer, and A. Munro, Polypropylenimine dendrimers for gene delivery. 2002: GB.
538. Hollins, A.J., M. Benboubetra, Y. Omidi, B.H. Zinselmeyer, A.G. Schatzlein, I. F. Uchegbu, and S. Akhtar, Evaluation of generation 2 and 3 poly (propylenimine) dendrimers for the potential cellular delivery of antisense oligonucleotides targeting the epidermal growth factor receptor. Pharm Res, 2004.
10 21(3) : p. 458-66.
39. Wiwattanapatapee, R., B. Carreno-Gomez, N. Malik, and R. Duncan, Anionic PAMAM dendrimers rapidly cross adult rat intestine in vitro: a potential oral delivery system? Pharm Res, 2000. 17 (8) : p. 991-8.
1540. Boussif, O., F. Lezoualc'h, M.A. Zanta, M.D. Mergny, D.
Scherman, B. Demeneix, and J.P. Behr, A versatile vector for gene and oligonucleotide transfer into cells in culture and in vivo: polyethylenimine. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1995. 92(16) : p. 7297-301.
2041. Godbey, W.T., K.K. Wu, and A.G. Mikos, Size matters:
Molecular weight affects the efficiency of poly (ethylenimine) as a gene delivery vehicle. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1999. 45(3) : p. 268-275.
42. Fischer, D., T. Bieber, Y. Li, H.P. Elsasser, and T. Kissel, 25 A novel non-viral vector for DNA delivery based on low molecular weight, branched polyethylenimine: effect of molecular weight on transfection efficiency and cytotoxicity. Pharm. Res., 1999. 16(8) : p. 1273-9.
43. Ogris, M., S. Brunner, S. Schuller, R. Kircheis, and E. 30 Wagner, PEGylated DNA/transferrin-PEI complexes: reduced interaction with blood components, extended circulation in blood and potential for systemic gene delivery. Gene Ther, 1999. 6(4) : p. 595-605.
44. Goula, D., C. Benoist, S. Mantero, G. Merlo, G. Levi, and 35 B.A. Demeneix, ^Polyethylenimine-based intravenous delivery of transgenes to mouse lung. Gene Ther, 1998. 5(9) : p. 1291-5.
45. Kunath, K., A. von Harpe, D. Fischer, H. Petersen, U. Bickel, K. Voigt, and T. Kissel, Low-molecular-weight polyethylenimine as a non-viral vector for DNA delivery: comparison of physicochemical properties, transfection efficiency and in vivo distribution with high-molecular-weight 5 polyethylenimine. J Control Release, 2003. 89(1) : p. 113-25.
46. Goula, D., J. S. Remy, P. Erbacher, M. Wasowicz, G. Levi, B. Abdallah, and B.A. Demeneix, Size, diffusibility and transfection performance of linear PEI/DNA complexes in the mouse central nervous system. Gene Ther, 1998. 5(5) : p. 712-7.
1047. Bragonzi, A., A. Boletta, A. Biffi, A. Muggia, G. Sersale, S.H. Cheng, C. Bordignon, B.M. Assael, and M. Conese, Comparison between cationic polymers and lipids in mediating systemic gene delivery to the lungs. Gene Ther, 1999. 6(12) : p. 1995-2004.
48. Abdallah, B., A. Hassan, C. Benoist, D. Goula, J.P. Behr, 15 and B.A. Demeneix, A powerful nonviral vector for in vivo gene transfer into the adult mammalian brain: polyethylenimine. Hum Gene Ther, 1996. 7(16) : p. 1947-54.
49. Li, S., Y. Tan, E. Viroonchatapan, B.R. Pitt, and L. Huang, Targeted gene delivery to pulmonary endothelium by anti-PECAM
20 antibody. Am J Physiol, 2000. 278(3) : p. L504-L511.
50. Furgeson, D.Y., R.N. Cohen, R.I. Mahato, and S.W. Kim, Novel water insoluble lipoparticulates for gene delivery. Pharm Res, 2002. 19(4) : p. 382-90.
51. Han, S., R.I. Mahato, and S.W. Kim, Water-soluble
25 lipopolymer for gene delivery. Bioconjug. Chem. , 2001. 12(3) : p. 337-45.
52. Kircheis, R., L. Wightman, M. Kursa, E. Ostermann, and E. Wagner, Tumor-targeted gene delivery: an attractive strategy to use highly active effector molecules in cancer treatment. Gene
30 Therapy, 2002. 9(11) : p. 731-735.
53. Brownlie, A., I.F. Uchegbu, and A.G. Schatzlein, PEI-based vesicle-polymer hybrid gene delivery system with improved biocompatibility. Int J Pharm, 2004. 274 (1-2) : p. 41-52.
54. Zinselmeyer, B.H., N. Beggbie, I.F. Uchegbu, and A.G.
35 Schatzlein, Quantification of beta-galactpsidase activity after non-viral transfection in vivo. J Control Release, 2003. 91(1-2) : p. 201-8. 55. Dufes, C, J.M. Muller, W. Couet, J.C. Olivier, I. F. Uchegbu, and A.G. Schatzlein, Anticancer drug delivery with transferrin targeted polymeric chitosan vesicles. Pharm Res, 2004. 21(1) : p. 101-7.
556. Al-Hajj, M., M.S. Wicha, A. Benito-Hernandez, S.J. Morrison, and M.F. Clarke, Prospective identification of tumorigenic breast cancer cells. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2003. 100(7) : p. 3983-8.
57. Schatzlein, A.G. In Vivo Gene Delivery with Polypropylenimine Dendrimer Systems, in Genes as Medicines. 2004. 0 London, UK: The Academy of Pharmaceutical Sciences.
58. Elouzi, A., A.I. Gray, I.F. Uchegbu, and A.G. Schatzlein. Tumour Targeting of Gene Expression Using Hyaluronic Acid- Polypropylenimine Dendrimer Conjugates, in 30th Annual Meeting & 5 Exposition of the Controlled Release Society. 2003. Glasgow, UK: Controlled Release Soviety.
59. Shaunak, S., S. Thomas, E. Gianasi, A. Godwin, E. jones, I. Teo, K. Mireskandari, P. Luthert, R. Duncan, S. Patterson, P. Khaw, and S. Brocchini, Polyvalent dendrimer glucosamine 0 conjugates prevent scar tissue formation. Nature Biotechnology, Vol. 22, No. 8, August 2004, p. 977-984.
60. Gong, Y., B. Matthews, D. Cheung, T. Tarn, I. Gadawski, D. Leung, G. Holan, J. Raff, S. Sacks, Evidence of dual sites of action of dendrimers: SPL-2999 inhibits both virus entry and late 5 stages of herpes simplex virus replication. Antiviral Research 55 (2002) 319-329

Claims

Claims
1. Use of a dendrimer compound of the general formula IV or a salt thereof as an active agent in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation:
Figure imgf000102_0001
wherein n is greater than or equal to 1, wherein n represents the number of generations of the dendrimer;
D is a core group of the dendrimer including a plurality of functional atoms;
X is selected from optionally substituted C1-X6 alkylene groups independently for each generation of the dendrimer, wherein said Ci-I6 alkylene groups are independently optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups wherein each R2 is independently H or optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkyl optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups; m is an integer from 2 to 8, wherein m denotes the number of X groups of the first generation that are bonded to the core group, wherein each X group of the first generation is bonded to a core functional atom; and
Ti and T2 represent end groups bonded to the nth generation of the dendrimer, wherein T1 and T2 are independently selected from the substituents defined herein.
2. Use according to claim 1 wherein said C1-I6 alkyl and C1-I6 alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
3. Use according to claim 1 or claim 2 wherein the generation number, n, is in the range 1 to 6.
4. Use according to any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein Ti and T2 are independently selected from H, hydroxy, carboxy, halo and optionally substituted amino, amido, alkoxy, acyl, ester, C1-X6 alkyl, C3-7 heterocyclyl, C5-I0 aryl, C5_i0 heteroaryl, Ci-I6 alkylene- NR3R4, C5_io arylene-NR3R4, C1-I6 alkylene-C5_10 arylene-NR3R4, and C5-I0 arylene-Ci_i6 alkylene-NR3R4, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Ci-i6 alkyl and C5_i0 aryl, wherein said Ci_i6 alkyl and Cx-I6 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups .
5. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein Tx and T2 are independently selected from H, C!-16 alkyl and C1-I6 alkylene-NR3R4, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted C1-I-6 alkyl, wherein said C1-H6 alkyl and Ci_i6 alkylene groups are optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or O heterogroups.
6. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the dendrimer has an overall positive charge at physiological pH.
7. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the terminal groups of the dendrimer are predominantly cationic at physiological pH.
8. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the terminal groups of the dendrimer comprise groups having a pKa greater than 7.
9. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein m is an integer from 4 to 8.
10. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein each of said functional atoms of the core are either nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, carbon or sulphur.
11. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein each of said functional atoms of the core are nitrogen.
12. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein D is selected from:
:N— L-N: wherein m is 4 and L is Ci_i6 alkylene ;
Figure imgf000104_0001
* * 1 7 1
( ii ) , wherein m is 6 and L , L and L are independently selected f rom Ci_i6 al kylene groups ;
\ /
L5 ,\j
-N_L4 -N .1 6 I 8
* λ
(iii) wherein m is 8 and L4, L5, L6, L7 and
L8 are independently selected from Ci-I6 alkylene groups; and
Figure imgf000105_0001
I NH
L9
(i
Figure imgf000105_0002
wherein m is 6; L9, L10 and L11 are independently selected from Ci_4 alkyl groups; and L12, L13 and L14 are independently selected from C1-X6 alkylene groups; wherein * represents a point of covalent attachment to an X group of the first generation, and wherein each of said Ci-I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups and optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
13. Use according to claim 12 wherein L, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L12, L13 and L14 are independently selected from linear, unsubstituted Ci_i2 alkylene groups, and L9, L10, L11 are independently selected from linear, unsubstituted Cχ_4 alkyl groups.
14. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein D
*~
^N-L-N,. is , m is 4 and L is ethylene, propylene, butylene, hexylene or dodecylene.
15. Use according to claim 14 wherein L is butylene.
16. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein D is
Figure imgf000106_0001
m is 6 and L , L , and L are selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene-C (O) N (R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
17. Use according to claim 16 wherein each of L1, L2 and L3 is - (CH2) 2-C (=0) N (H) - (CH2) 2- .
18. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein D is
Figure imgf000106_0002
r m is 8;
L4 is a linear unsubstituted Ci_i2 alkylene group; and L5, L6, L7 and L8 are selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene-C (0)N(R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
19. Use according to claim 18 wherein each of L5, L6, L7 and L8 is -(CH2)2-C(=O)N(H)-(CH2)2-.
20. Use according to claim 18 or claim 19 wherein L4 is ethylene, propylene, butylene, hexylene or dodecylene.
21. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein D is →
Figure imgf000107_0001
; wherein m is 6;
L9, L10 and L11 are linear unsubstituted Ci_4 alkylene groups; and L12, L13 and L14 are selected from groups having the general structure Cp alkylene-C (O) N (R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
22. Use according to claim 21 wherein each of L12, L13 and L14 is -(CH2)2-C(=O)N(H)-(CH2)2-.
23. Use according to claim 21 or 22 wherein each of L9, L10 and L11 is ethylene.
24. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein X is either:
(a) selected from unsubstituted Ci_i6 alkylene groups; or
(b) selected from Ci_i6 alkylene groups interrupted with an N(R2) group and containing an oxo substituent.
25. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein X is selected from groups having the general structure
Cp alkylene-C (O)N (R2) -Cq alkylene wherein p and q are integers and p+q is in the range 2 to 16.
26. Use according to any one of-" the preceding claims wherein X is selected from groups having the general structure C1-S alkylene-C(O)NH-C1_6 alkylene.
27. Use according to any one of claims 1 to 24 wherein X is selected from linear unsubstituted C1-I6 alkylene groups.
28. Use according to claim 27 wherein X is selected from ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene and hexylene.
29. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein X is the same group in each generation of the dendrimer.
30. Use according to claim 29 wherein X is -(CH2)2-C(=O)N(H)-(CH2)2-.
31. Use according to claim 29 wherein X is propylene.
32. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein T1 and T2 are both H or C^4 alkyl, so that the terminal groups of the dendrimer are NH2 or N(R5)2 wherein R5 is Cj.-4 alkyl.
33. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein T1 and T2 are both H or methyl, so that the terminal groups of the dendrimer are either NH2 or NMe2.
34. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the amino groups of the compound of formula IV are in a cationic, quaternary form.
35. Use according to claim 34 wherein substantially only terminal amino groups of the compound of formula IV are in a cationic, quaternary form.
36. Use according to claim 35 wherein the terminal amino groups in the quarternary form comprise three C]._4 alkyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group.
37. Use according to claim 36 wherein said CX-4 alkyl groups are methyl groups .
38. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula IV is a polyamidoamine dendrimer wherein n is in the range 1 to 6.
39. Use according to claim 38 wherein Ti and T2 are independently selected from amidoethylethanolamine, hexylamide, succinamic acid, Tris (hydroxymethyl) amidomethane, amidoethanol, amino and carboxylate groups .
40. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula IV is SuperFect.
41. Use according to any one of claims 1 to 37 wherein the compound of formula IV is a poly (propylenimine) dendrimer having a 1, 4-diaminobutane core.
42. Use according to claim 41 wherein Ti and T2 are both either H or methyl.
43. Use according to claim 41 wherein, when n is 2, Tx and T2 are both methyl and the terminal amino groups are in the cationic quaternary form comprising three methyl groups, including T1 and T2, covalently bound to the nitrogen atoms of said amino groups.
44. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula IV or salt thereof is not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule.
45. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula IV or salt thereof is not complexed to a therapeutic agent.
46. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula IV or salt thereof is not complexed to an agent that is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation.
47. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula IV or salt thereof is not conjugated, complexed, coupled, bonded or associated with one or more glucosamine or glucosamine-6-sulphate molecules.
48. Use of a compound of formula I or a salt thereof as an active agent in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation:
Figure imgf000110_0001
wherein R is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C1-I6 alkyl and NR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from H and optionally substituted Cχ-16 alkyl;
R' is independently selected from H and optionally substituted Cχ_ls alkyl; n denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]- and is greater than or equal to 15; the A groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci-I6 alkylene groups; and the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H, optionally substituted C1-X6 alkyl and a branching group of formula II:
Figure imgf000110_0002
wherein
R" is selected from H, optionally substituted C^16 alkyl and optionally substituted C1-U alkylene-NR2R3;
-"IU denotes the number of monomer units -[A' -N (B')]- of the branching group and is greater than or equal to 1; the A' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from optionally substituted Ci_i6 alkylene groups; and the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from H, optionally substituted Ci_16 alkyl and a branching group of formula II; wherein each of said Ci_i6 alkyl and Ci-I6 alkylene groups is optionally interrupted by one or more N(R2) or 0 heterogroups .
49. Use according to claim 48 wherein said C1-X6 alkyl and Ci-I6 alkylene groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from oxo, amino, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy, ester and halo.
50. Use according to any one of claims 48 or 49 wherein A and A' are selected from unsubstituted C3^6 alkylene groups.
51. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 50 wherein A and A' are ethylene.
52. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 51 wherein the B groups of the backbone monomer units are independently selected from H and a branching group of formula II.
53. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 52 wherein the B' groups of the monomer units of the branching group are independently selected from H and a branching group of formula
II.
54. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 53 wherein R' and R" are selected from unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl groups.
55. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 54 wherein R' and R" are selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
56. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 55 wherein R is selected from H and NR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are H or unsubstituted Cχ-6 alkyl groups.
57. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 56 wherein R is selected from H, NH2, NMe2 and NEt2.
58. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 57 wherein the compound of formula I has an overall positive charge at physiological pH.
59. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 58 wherein the terminal groups of the compound of formula I are predominantly cationic at physiological pH.
60. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 59 wherein the terminal groups of the compound of formula I comprise groups having a pKa greater than 7.
61. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 60 wherein the amino groups of the compound of formula I are in a cationic, quaternary form.
62. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 61 wherein substantially only the terminal amino groups of the compound of formula I are in a quaternary form.
63. Use according to claim 62 wherein the terminal amino groups in the quarternary form comprise three Ci_5 alkyl groups covalently bound to the nitrogen atom of the terminal amino group.
64. Use according to claim 63 wherein said Ci_6 alkyl groups are methyl groups .
65. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 64 wherein the compound of formula I is a polyethylenimine compound.
66. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 65 wherein the compound of formula I has a molecular weight in the range 0.6 kD to 800 kD.
67. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 66 wherein the compound of formula I has a molecular weight in the range 5 to 45 kD.
68. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 67 wherein the compound of formula I has a molecular weight in the range 21 to 24 kD.
69. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 68 wherein the compound of formula I has a molecular weight of 22 kD.
70. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 69 wherein the compound of formula I is substantially linear.
71. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 70 wherein the branching groups of formula II are located on average, at every qth nitrogen atom along any given polymer chain segment, wherein q is greater than 3.
72. Use according to claim 71 wherein q is greater than 3.5.
73. Use according to claim 71 or claim 72 wherein q is greater than 10.
74. Use according to any one of claims 71 to 73 wherein substantially all of the B groups of the backbone monomer units are H, and wherein substantially all of the B' groups of the branching group of formula II are H.
75. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 74 wherein n is in the range 15 to 20000.
76. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 75 wherein n is in the range 200 to 1000.
77. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 76 wherein the average value for in is less than 0.01 n.
78. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 77 wherein the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to a nucleic acid molecule.
79. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 78 wherein the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to a therapeutic agent.
80. Use according to any one of claims 48 to 79 wherein the compound of formula I or salt thereof is not complexed to an agent that is active for the treatment of a condition characterized by undesirable cellular proliferation.
81. Use according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the compound of formula I or the dendrimer compound of formula IV is associated with a targeting moiety.
82. Use according to claim 81 wherein the targeting moiety is capable of binding to a receptor on a target cell in vivo.
83. Use according to claim 81 or claim 82 wherein the targeting moiety is hyaluronic acid.
84. Use according to any one of claims 81 to 83 wherein the targeting moiety is covalently linked to said compound of formula I or dendrimer compound of formula IV.
85. Use according to claim 83 wherein hyaluronic acid is linked to said compound of formula I or dendrimer compound of formula IV via a peptide bond formed through reaction of a terminal amino group of said compound with a carboxyl group of hyaluronic acid.
86. Use according to any one of claims 81 to 84 wherein the targeting molecule is linked to said compound using a tether or linker molecule.
87. Use according to claim 85 wherein the tether or linker molecule is poly (ethylene glycol) .
88. Use according to any one of claims 81 to 87 wherein the association between the compound of formula I or IV and the targeting molecule is reversible.
89. Use according to claim 87 wherein the tether or linker molecule is cleavable upon delivery of said compound of formula I or IV to the target location, so that said compound and the targeting molecule are separated upon said delivery.
90. A composition for delivering a bioactive molecule other than a nucleic acid to a target location in vivo, the composition comprising a compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 48 to 74, except that n, which denotes the number of backbone monomer units -[A-N(B)]-, is greater than or equal to 3, or a salt thereof admixed with said bioactive molecule, wherein the composition does not contain nucleic acid.
91. A composition according to claim 90 to wherein n is in the range 3 to 700.
92. A composition according to claim 90 or 91 wherein n is in the range 3 to 100.
93. A composition according to any one of claims 90 to 92 wherein the average value for m is less than 0.1 n.
94. Use of a composition according to any one of claims 90 to 93, or a. pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation.
95. A method of treating a condition characterised by undesirable cellular proliferation, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 89 or a composition according to any one of claims 90 to 93, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof.
PCT/GB2005/003976 2004-10-14 2005-10-14 Bioactive polymers WO2006040579A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP05794180A EP1807096A1 (en) 2004-10-14 2005-10-14 Bioactive polymers
US11/577,339 US20080267903A1 (en) 2004-10-14 2005-10-14 Bioactive Polymers

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0422877.1 2004-10-14
GBGB0422877.1A GB0422877D0 (en) 2004-10-14 2004-10-14 Bioactive polymers

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006040579A1 true WO2006040579A1 (en) 2006-04-20

Family

ID=33462741

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2005/003976 WO2006040579A1 (en) 2004-10-14 2005-10-14 Bioactive polymers

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20080267903A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1807096A1 (en)
GB (1) GB0422877D0 (en)
WO (1) WO2006040579A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1756041A2 (en) * 2004-06-15 2007-02-28 Polymedix, Inc. Polycationic compounds and uses thereof
EP1924256A1 (en) * 2005-09-14 2008-05-28 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Composition comprising a dendrimer and the use thereof for binding phosphate
WO2008063157A2 (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-29 The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services A nanoparticle-based anticoagulant
WO2008113364A2 (en) * 2007-03-20 2008-09-25 Recepticon Aps Amino derivatives to prevent nephrotoxicity and cancer
WO2010013086A1 (en) * 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Phosphorylated dendrimers as antiinflammatory drugs
USRE41316E1 (en) 2004-03-22 2010-05-04 Han Ting Chang Crosslinked amine polymers
US7718746B2 (en) 2003-11-03 2010-05-18 Ilypsa, Inc. Anion-binding polymers and uses thereof
US7767768B2 (en) 2003-11-03 2010-08-03 Ilypsa, Inc. Crosslinked amine polymers
WO2011034583A2 (en) 2009-09-16 2011-03-24 Duke University Inhibition of endosomal toll-like receptor activation
WO2011051667A1 (en) * 2009-10-27 2011-05-05 University Of Strathclyde Targeted dendrimers
US8163861B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2012-04-24 Living Proof, Inc. Beta-amino ester compounds and uses thereof
EP2695608A2 (en) * 2006-10-03 2014-02-12 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Lipid containing formulations
US9901553B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2018-02-27 Duke University Method of modulating the activity of a nucleic acid molecule
US10066323B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2018-09-04 Duke University Electrospun cationic nanofibers and methods of making and using the same
CN108601823A (en) * 2015-09-23 2018-09-28 麻省理工学院 Composition for being modified dendrimer nanoparticles vaccine delivery and method
US10106565B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2018-10-23 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Phosphorylated dendrimers as antiinflammatory drugs

Families Citing this family (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080279909A1 (en) * 2006-05-12 2008-11-13 Cleek Robert L Immobilized Biologically Active Entities Having A High Degree of Biological Activity Following Sterilization
US9114194B2 (en) * 2006-05-12 2015-08-25 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Immobilized biologically active entities having high biological activity following mechanical manipulation
US8986713B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2015-03-24 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Medical device capable of being compacted and expanded having anti-thrombin III binding activity
US8496953B2 (en) * 2006-05-12 2013-07-30 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Immobilized biologically active entities having a high degree of biological activity following sterilization
US8021677B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2011-09-20 Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. Immobilized biologically active entities having a high degree of biological activity
US8591932B2 (en) * 2009-09-17 2013-11-26 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Heparin entities and methods of use
US8226985B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2012-07-24 International Business Machines Corporation Surface modified nanoparticles, methods of their preparation, and uses thereof for gene and drug delivery
JP6251039B2 (en) 2011-03-11 2017-12-20 ダブリュ.エル.ゴア アンド アソシエイツ,インコーポレイティドW.L. Gore & Associates, Incorporated Improving immobilized biological components
ES2658401T3 (en) 2012-12-12 2018-03-09 The Broad Institute, Inc. Supply, modification and optimization of systems, methods and compositions for the manipulation of sequences and therapeutic applications
DK3011032T3 (en) 2013-06-17 2020-01-20 Broad Inst Inc MANUFACTURING, MODIFICATION AND OPTIMIZATION OF SYSTEMS, PROCEDURES AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TARGETING AGAINST AND MODELING DISEASES AND DISORDERS IN POSTMITOTIC CELLS
KR20160030187A (en) 2013-06-17 2016-03-16 더 브로드 인스티튜트, 인코퍼레이티드 Delivery and use of the crispr-cas systems, vectors and compositions for hepatic targeting and therapy
EP3011034B1 (en) 2013-06-17 2019-08-07 The Broad Institute, Inc. Delivery, use and therapeutic applications of the crispr-cas systems and compositions for targeting disorders and diseases using viral components
MX2016007327A (en) 2013-12-12 2017-03-06 Broad Inst Inc Delivery, use and therapeutic applications of the crispr-cas systems and compositions for targeting disorders and diseases using particle delivery components.
MX2016007324A (en) 2013-12-12 2017-03-06 Broad Inst Inc Delivery, use and therapeutic applications of the crispr-cas systems and compositions for hbv and viral diseases and disorders.
WO2015089354A1 (en) 2013-12-12 2015-06-18 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions and methods of use of crispr-cas systems in nucleotide repeat disorders
KR20160089527A (en) 2013-12-12 2016-07-27 더 브로드 인스티튜트, 인코퍼레이티드 Delivery, use and therapeutic applications of the crispr-cas systems and compositions for genome editing
WO2015089473A1 (en) 2013-12-12 2015-06-18 The Broad Institute Inc. Engineering of systems, methods and optimized guide compositions with new architectures for sequence manipulation
WO2015089486A2 (en) 2013-12-12 2015-06-18 The Broad Institute Inc. Systems, methods and compositions for sequence manipulation with optimized functional crispr-cas systems
EP3180426B1 (en) 2014-08-17 2019-12-25 The Broad Institute, Inc. Genome editing using cas9 nickases
WO2016049163A2 (en) 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 The Broad Institute Inc. Use and production of chd8+/- transgenic animals with behavioral phenotypes characteristic of autism spectrum disorder
WO2016049258A2 (en) 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 The Broad Institute Inc. Functional screening with optimized functional crispr-cas systems
WO2016094872A1 (en) 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 The Broad Institute Inc. Dead guides for crispr transcription factors
EP3985115A1 (en) 2014-12-12 2022-04-20 The Broad Institute, Inc. Protected guide rnas (pgrnas)
WO2016094880A1 (en) 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 The Broad Institute Inc. Delivery, use and therapeutic applications of crispr systems and compositions for genome editing as to hematopoietic stem cells (hscs)
WO2016094874A1 (en) 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 The Broad Institute Inc. Escorted and functionalized guides for crispr-cas systems
EP3234192B1 (en) 2014-12-19 2021-07-14 The Broad Institute, Inc. Unbiased identification of double-strand breaks and genomic rearrangement by genome-wide insert capture sequencing
WO2016106236A1 (en) 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 The Broad Institute Inc. Rna-targeting system
CA2970370A1 (en) 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Crispr having or associated with destabilization domains
US9790490B2 (en) 2015-06-18 2017-10-17 The Broad Institute Inc. CRISPR enzymes and systems
CA3012631A1 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 The Broad Institute Inc. Novel crispr enzymes and systems
WO2016205749A1 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 The Broad Institute Inc. Novel crispr enzymes and systems
WO2016205745A2 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 The Broad Institute Inc. Cell sorting
AU2016280893B2 (en) 2015-06-18 2021-12-02 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology CRISPR enzyme mutations reducing off-target effects
US11214800B2 (en) 2015-08-18 2022-01-04 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for altering function and structure of chromatin loops and/or domains
US20190255107A1 (en) 2015-10-09 2019-08-22 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Modulation of novel immune checkpoint targets
US20170211142A1 (en) 2015-10-22 2017-07-27 The Broad Institute, Inc. Novel crispr enzymes and systems
EP3368687B1 (en) 2015-10-27 2021-09-29 The Broad Institute, Inc. Compositions and methods for targeting cancer-specific sequence variations
EP3368689B1 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-06-17 The Broad Institute, Inc. Composition for modulating immune responses by use of immune cell gene signature
WO2017075465A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2017-05-04 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions and methods for evaluating and modulating immune responses by detecting and targeting gata3
WO2017075451A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2017-05-04 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions and methods for evaluating and modulating immune responses by detecting and targeting pou2af1
WO2017079537A1 (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Duke University Polycationic polymers for use in treating and detecting cancer
US20190233814A1 (en) 2015-12-18 2019-08-01 The Broad Institute, Inc. Novel crispr enzymes and systems
US10519442B2 (en) 2016-02-11 2019-12-31 City Of Hope Twist signaling inhibitor compositions and methods of using the same
EP3445848A1 (en) 2016-04-19 2019-02-27 The Broad Institute, Inc. Novel crispr enzymes and systems
CA3026112A1 (en) 2016-04-19 2017-10-26 The Broad Institute, Inc. Cpf1 complexes with reduced indel activity
AU2017257274B2 (en) 2016-04-19 2023-07-13 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Novel CRISPR enzymes and systems
US11779657B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2023-10-10 City Of Hope Compositions and methods for mitochondrial genome editing
JP7267013B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2023-05-01 ザ・ブロード・インスティテュート・インコーポレイテッド Type VI CRISPR orthologs and systems
WO2018005873A1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 The Broad Institute Inc. Crispr-cas systems having destabilization domain
US11352647B2 (en) 2016-08-17 2022-06-07 The Broad Institute, Inc. Crispr enzymes and systems
CN110312799A (en) 2016-08-17 2019-10-08 博德研究所 Novel C RISPR enzyme and system
WO2018049025A2 (en) 2016-09-07 2018-03-15 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions and methods for evaluating and modulating immune responses
US20200016202A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2020-01-16 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Modulation of novel immune checkpoint targets
US10646540B2 (en) 2016-11-18 2020-05-12 City Of Hope Peptide inhibitors of twist
KR102185464B1 (en) 2017-03-15 2020-12-03 매사추세츠 인스티튜트 오브 테크놀로지 New CAS13B Ortholog CRISPR Enzyme and System
US11840711B2 (en) 2017-04-12 2023-12-12 The Broad Institute, Inc. Type VI CRISPR orthologs and systems
WO2018191750A2 (en) 2017-04-14 2018-10-18 The Broad Institute Inc. Novel delivery of large payloads
WO2018204777A2 (en) 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods for identification and modification of lncrna associated with target genotypes and phenotypes
CN111511388A (en) 2017-09-21 2020-08-07 博德研究所 Systems, methods, and compositions for targeted nucleic acid editing
EP3692152A4 (en) 2017-10-04 2021-12-01 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for altering function and structure of chromatin loops and/or domains
WO2019089803A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2019-05-09 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for studying cell evolution
EP3710039A4 (en) 2017-11-13 2021-08-04 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating cancer by targeting the clec2d-klrb1 pathway
US10968257B2 (en) 2018-04-03 2021-04-06 The Broad Institute, Inc. Target recognition motifs and uses thereof
WO2020033601A1 (en) 2018-08-07 2020-02-13 The Broad Institute, Inc. Novel cas12b enzymes and systems
WO2020041380A1 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-02-27 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for optochemical control of crispr-cas9
WO2020191102A1 (en) 2019-03-18 2020-09-24 The Broad Institute, Inc. Type vii crispr proteins and systems
US20220220469A1 (en) 2019-05-20 2022-07-14 The Broad Institute, Inc. Non-class i multi-component nucleic acid targeting systems
JP2022543823A (en) * 2019-08-05 2022-10-14 ポリプラス トランスフェクション Compositions for Transfecting Cells with Nucleic Acid Molecules Containing Heterocyclic Compounds Grafted to Cationic Polymers and Uses Thereof
CA3170553A1 (en) * 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 Hua-Yang Lin Uses of hyaluronan-nimesulide conjugates in the treatment of acute pulmonary inflammation
WO2023196818A1 (en) 2022-04-04 2023-10-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Genetic complementation compositions and methods

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02172920A (en) * 1988-12-26 1990-07-04 Ajinomoto Co Inc Antitumor agent
WO2004026941A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 The University Of Strathclyde Drug delivery
US20040077610A1 (en) * 2000-12-29 2004-04-22 Tobias Schlapp Medicament containing a polyamine as an active substance

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030215395A1 (en) * 2002-05-14 2003-11-20 Lei Yu Controllably degradable polymeric biomolecule or drug carrier and method of synthesizing said carrier

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02172920A (en) * 1988-12-26 1990-07-04 Ajinomoto Co Inc Antitumor agent
US20040077610A1 (en) * 2000-12-29 2004-04-22 Tobias Schlapp Medicament containing a polyamine as an active substance
WO2004026941A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 The University Of Strathclyde Drug delivery

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PATENT ABSTRACTS OF JAPAN vol. 014, no. 439 (C - 0761) 19 September 1990 (1990-09-19) *

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7718746B2 (en) 2003-11-03 2010-05-18 Ilypsa, Inc. Anion-binding polymers and uses thereof
US7767768B2 (en) 2003-11-03 2010-08-03 Ilypsa, Inc. Crosslinked amine polymers
US8349305B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2013-01-08 Ilypsa, Inc. Crosslinked amine polymers
USRE41316E1 (en) 2004-03-22 2010-05-04 Han Ting Chang Crosslinked amine polymers
US7754199B2 (en) 2004-03-22 2010-07-13 Ilypsa, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising crosslinked amine polymer with repeat units derived from polymerization of tertiary amines
EP1756041A4 (en) * 2004-06-15 2010-10-06 Polymedix Inc Polycationic compounds and uses thereof
US8507723B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2013-08-13 Polymedix, Inc. Polycationic compounds and uses thereof
EP1756041A2 (en) * 2004-06-15 2007-02-28 Polymedix, Inc. Polycationic compounds and uses thereof
US8232428B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2012-07-31 PolyMedix,Inc. Polycationic compounds and uses thereof
US8129566B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2012-03-06 Polymedix, Inc. Polycationic compounds and uses thereof
EP1924256A1 (en) * 2005-09-14 2008-05-28 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Composition comprising a dendrimer and the use thereof for binding phosphate
US11420931B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2022-08-23 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Lipid containing formulations
EP2695608A3 (en) * 2006-10-03 2014-05-21 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Lipid containing formulations
EP2695608A2 (en) * 2006-10-03 2014-02-12 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Lipid containing formulations
WO2008063157A2 (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-29 The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services A nanoparticle-based anticoagulant
WO2008063157A3 (en) * 2006-10-25 2009-03-19 Us Gov Health & Human Serv A nanoparticle-based anticoagulant
WO2008113364A3 (en) * 2007-03-20 2009-04-16 Recepticon Aps Amino derivatives to prevent nephrotoxicity and cancer
WO2008113364A2 (en) * 2007-03-20 2008-09-25 Recepticon Aps Amino derivatives to prevent nephrotoxicity and cancer
US9901553B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2018-02-27 Duke University Method of modulating the activity of a nucleic acid molecule
US10106565B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2018-10-23 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Phosphorylated dendrimers as antiinflammatory drugs
WO2010013086A1 (en) * 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Phosphorylated dendrimers as antiinflammatory drugs
US8163861B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2012-04-24 Living Proof, Inc. Beta-amino ester compounds and uses thereof
US9175114B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2015-11-03 Living Proof, Inc. Beta-amino ester compounds and uses thereof
US8362175B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2013-01-29 Living Proof, Inc. Beta-amino ester compounds and uses thereof
US8748551B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2014-06-10 Living Proof, Inc. β-amino ester compounds and uses thereof
US9468650B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2016-10-18 Duke University Inhibition of endosomal toll-like receptor activation
EP2477641A4 (en) * 2009-09-16 2013-08-07 Univ Duke Inhibition of endosomal toll-like receptor activation
EP2477641A2 (en) * 2009-09-16 2012-07-25 Duke University Inhibition of endosomal toll-like receptor activation
WO2011034583A2 (en) 2009-09-16 2011-03-24 Duke University Inhibition of endosomal toll-like receptor activation
US11617779B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2023-04-04 Duke University Inhibition of endosomal toll-like receptor activation
GB2487699A (en) * 2009-10-27 2012-08-01 Univ Strathclyde Targeted dendrimers
GB2487699B (en) * 2009-10-27 2017-08-23 Univ Strathclyde Targeted polypropyleneimine dendrimers for use in the treatment of cancer
WO2011051667A1 (en) * 2009-10-27 2011-05-05 University Of Strathclyde Targeted dendrimers
US10066323B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2018-09-04 Duke University Electrospun cationic nanofibers and methods of making and using the same
US10808335B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2020-10-20 Duke University Electrospun cationic nanofibers and methods of making and using the same
CN108601823A (en) * 2015-09-23 2018-09-28 麻省理工学院 Composition for being modified dendrimer nanoparticles vaccine delivery and method
US10548959B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2020-02-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Compositions and methods for modified dendrimer nanoparticle delivery

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20080267903A1 (en) 2008-10-30
GB0422877D0 (en) 2004-11-17
EP1807096A1 (en) 2007-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1807096A1 (en) Bioactive polymers
US20230131121A1 (en) Branched discrete peg constructs
ES2908984T3 (en) 6-amino-7,9-dihydro-8H-purin-8-one derivatives as immunostimulatory agonists of toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7)
JP6823067B2 (en) Bioorthogonal composition
RU2714933C2 (en) Var2csa-drug conjugates
JP5687752B2 (en) Oligomer-protease inhibitor complex
ES2834916T3 (en) Polylysine dendrimer targeted therapeutic agent
JP6009457B2 (en) Polymer-desethylsunitinib conjugate
JP2010526091A5 (en)
JP2010526091A (en) Modification of biological target groups for the treatment of cancer
JP2002543111A (en) Amplification of folate-mediated targeting to tumor cells using polymers
JP7202314B2 (en) Conjugates of Viral-Based Therapeutics and Modified Poly(β-Amino Esters)
CA3137081A1 (en) Compositions and methods of manufacturing star polymers for ligand display and/or drug delivery
US11612662B2 (en) Multi-arm polymeric prodrug conjugates of pemetrexed-based compounds
JP2003506319A (en) Vitamin-related dual targeting therapy
Song et al. Multifunctional disulfide-based cationic dextran conjugates for intravenous gene delivery targeting ovarian cancer cells
CN102781478A (en) Polyanionic multivalent macromolecules for intracellular targeting of proliferation and protein synthesis
EP3209336A1 (en) 18f-tagged inhibitors of prostate specific membrane antigen (psma), their use as imaging agents and pharmaceutical agents for the treatment of prostate cancer
Scutaru et al. Optimization of the N-Lost Drugs Melphalan and Bendamustine: Synthesis and Cytotoxicity of a New Set of Dendrimer− Drug Conjugates as Tumor Therapeutic Agents
US11931416B2 (en) Immolative cell-penetrating complexes for nucleic acid delivery to the lung
Yu et al. A Supramolecular Nitric Oxide Nanodelivery System for Prevention of Tumor Metastasis by Inhibiting Platelet Activation and Aggregation
ES2202704T3 (en) ANTITUMORAL AGENT UNDERSTANDING A COMPLEX OF AN OXIDORREDUCTASE OF A POLYMER AND A SUBSTRATE OF THE ENZYME.
AU2019322205C1 (en) Dendrimer formulations
Xu Development of protein-polymer bioconjugates for anticancer therapy
Caldwell et al. Carrier‐bound methotrexate. II. Water‐soluble polyaspartamide methotrexate conjugates with amide links in polymer–drug spacer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2005794180

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005794180

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005794180

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11577339

Country of ref document: US